رِسَالَةُ بُولُسَ الرَّسُولِ الأُولَى إِلَى تِيمُوثَاوُسَ

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣـﺔ‬

‫أوال‪ :‬كاتبھا ‪:‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺩل ﺍﻟﻘﻭﺍﺌﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻸﺴﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﻠﻭﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻓﻰ ﻜﺘﺎﺒﺔ ﺭﺴﺎﺌﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﺭﻋﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟـﺜﻼﺙ ﺍﻟﺘـﻰ ﺘﺸـﻤل‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘـﻴﻁﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻠﻴﻤﻭﻥ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﺍﻉﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺘﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻋـﻥ ﻤﺸـﺎﻋﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺭﻋﻭﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ثانيا‪ :‬لمن كتبھا‪:‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻭ ﺃﻗﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻤﻴﺫ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ .‬ﺁﻤﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﻋﻨـﺩﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﺭ ﻟﺴـﺘﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﻴﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﺒﻭﻩ ﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻰ ﻭﻤﺎﺕ ﻏﺎﻟﺒًﺎ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺼﻐﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺭﺒﺘﻪ ﺃﻤﻪ ﺃﻓﻨﻴﻜﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺠﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻭﺌﻴﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺴﻜﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺨﺘﻨﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺒﺏ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺸـﻴﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻅـل‬ ‫ﻴﺭﺍﻓﻕ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ‪ 16‬ﺴﻨﺔ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪46‬ﻡ ﺤﻴﻥ ﺁﻤﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺴﺠﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺭﺍﻓﻘﺘﻪ ﻟﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺫﻜـﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻤﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺭﺴﺎﺌﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺘﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺇﺭﺴﺎﻟﻪ ﻻﻓﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻭﺭﻨﺜﻭﺱ‬ ‫)‪1‬ﻜﻭ ‪.(17 : 4‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻭﺴﺠﻥ )ﻋﺏ‪.(23 :13‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺭﺴﻤﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﺴﻘﻔ ﹰﺎ ﻭﺃﺭﺴﻠﻪ ﻟﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻓﺴﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺒﻁﺒﻌﻪ ﻭﻴﻌﺎﻨﻰ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻌﻑ ﺼﺤﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺨﺠﻭ ﹰ‬

‫ثالثا ً‪ :‬زمن كتابتھا‪:‬‬

‫‪447‬‬

‫ﺤﻭﺍﻟﻰ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪65‬ﻡ‪.‬‬

‫رابعا ً‪ :‬مكان كتابتھا‪:‬‬

‫ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﺭﻙ ﺃﻓﺴﺱ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﺼﻤﺔ ﺁﺴﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺭﻯ ﺃﻯ ﺘﺭﻜﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺴﺎﻓﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻯ ﺸﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻜﺘﺏ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫خامسا ً ‪ :‬أغراضھا وسماتھا ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻷﻓﺴﺱ ﻭﺘﺭﻙ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻟﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺴﺎﻓﺭ ﺒـﻭﻟﺱ ﺇﻟـﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺨﺎﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻐﻴﺏ ﻜﺜﻴﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺭﺴل ﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤل ﻨﺼـﺎﺌﺤﻪ ﻟﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜـﺎﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺭﺸﺩﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻅﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﻁﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻭﺩ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺏ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺒﻤﺎ ﻴﺄﺘﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺍﷲ ﺨﻠﻕ ﻤﺠﻤﻭﻋﺔ ﺁﻟﻬﺔ ﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟـﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻸﻨﻬﻡ ﻴﺤﺘﻘﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﺭﻓﻌﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﷲ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻠﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺒـﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ )ﺹ‪.(5 :2‬‬ ‫‪ -2‬ﻴﺤﺘﻘﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﻟﺫﺍ ﻴﺤﺘﻘﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻔﺭﻗﻭﻥ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠـل‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻨﻌﻭﺍ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺫﺍ ﻴﺒـﻴﻥ ﺒـﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻅﺭﻴـﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻀـﺢ ﺒـﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -4‬ﺇﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﻭﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺒﻜل ﻓﺌﺎﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫‪448‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -6‬ﺘﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻴﻁﺱ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻋﻭﻴﺔ ﻤﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻜﺘﺒﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻗﺕ ﻗﺭﻴﺏ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫سادسا ً ‪ :‬أقسامھا ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ -1‬ﺃﻫﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﻁﻘﺎﺕ‬

‫)ﺹ‪(1‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺨل ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬

‫)ﺹ‪(2‬‬

‫‪ -4‬ﺭﻓﺽ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﻁﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻋﺎﺓ ﻨﺤﻭﻫﺎ‬

‫)ﺹ‪(4‬‬

‫‪ -6‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ‬

‫)ﺹ‪(6‬‬

‫‪ -3‬ﻭﺍﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺭﻋﺎﺓ ﺒﺩﺭﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -5‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫‪449‬‬

‫)ﺹ‪(3‬‬

‫)ﺹ‪(5‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻮﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻯ ﻳﺮﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﺎﺓ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬إفتتاحية الرسالة )ع ‪: (3-1‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺭﺟَﺎِﺋﻨَﺎ‪2 .‬ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻣُﺨَﻠﱢﺼِﻨَﺎ ﻭَﺭَﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹶﺃ ْﻣ ﹺﺮ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫‪1‬ﺑُﻮﻟﹸﺲُ‪َ ،‬ﺭﺳُﻮ ﹸﻝ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬

‫ﻉ ﺭَﺑﱢﻨَﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃﺑﹺﻴﻨَﺎ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ ٌﻡ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪ .‬ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹲﺔ َﻭ َﺭ ْﺣ َﻤ ﹲﺔ َﻭ َﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺗِﻴﻤُﻮﺛﹶﺎ ُﻭﺱَ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻْﺑ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺮﹺﻳ ﹺ‬

‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﺫﹶﺍ ِﻫﺒًﺎ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻣ ِﻜﺪُﻭﹺﻧﻴﱠﺔﹶ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﺗُﻮﺻِﻰ ﹶﻗ ْﻮﻣًﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺚ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻓﺴُﺲَ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْﻤﻜﹸ ﹶ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ ﹶﻃ ﹶﻠ ْﺒﺖُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻻ ﻳُ َﻌﻠﱢﻤُﻮﺍ َﺗ ْﻌﻠِﻴﻤًﺎ ﺁ َﺧﺮَ‪،‬‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻠﻑ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺤﻘﻕ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺠﺎﺀﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻟﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺨﻴﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ : 2‬ﻴﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻠﻘﺒﻪ "ﺒﺎﻻﺒﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻴﺢ"‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺭﺠﻤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ "ﺍﻟﺼﺭﻴﺢ" ﻫﻰ "ﺠﻴﻨﺴﻴﻭﺱ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺍﻷﺼﻴل ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﺒﻨﺎ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴًﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﺒﺄﺼﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﺒﺎﻹﻨﺠﻴل‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺴﺎﺌل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‪ ،‬ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻀﻴﻑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻨﺘﺸﻠﻨﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻥ ﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺍﻭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻭﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻭﻋﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﻁﻴﻪ ﺇﻴﺎﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻔﻭﻕ ﻜل ﻋﻘل‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﻤﺼﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﻭﺤﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﺇﺫ ﻴﻘﻭل "ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺭﺒﻨﺎ"‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﻌﻙ ﻭﻴﺄﻤﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻨﻭﺭًﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺘﻌﺎﻤﻼﺘﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻭ ﺴﻠﻙ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻭﻥ ﻜﻠﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺘﺯﻋﺯﻉ ﻭﺍﺜﻘﹰﺎ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﻨﺩﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪450‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺇﻁﻼﻕ ﺴﺭﺍﺡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺴﺠﻨﻪ ﺍﻷﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺭﻭﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪63‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻜﺩﻭﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻓﺴﺱ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ )ﺃﻉ‪ (30 : 20‬ﻭﻴﺭﺩﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻵﺨﺭ ﻨﺎﺩﻯ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻘﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬الخضوع للوصية )ع‪:(6-4‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺩُﻭ ﹶﻥ ُﺑ ْﻨﻴَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﺒﱢﺐُ ﻣُﺒَﺎ َﺣﺜﹶﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺏ ﹶﻻ َﺣﺪﱠ ﹶﻟﻬَﺎ‪ُ ،‬ﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭﹶﺃْﻧﺴَﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺼﻐُﻮﺍ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺧُﺮَﺍﻓﹶﺎ ٍ‬ ‫‪َ 4‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ُﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﺭﻳَﺎﺀٍ‪6 .‬ﺍ ُﻷﻣُﻮ ُﺭ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ‬ ‫ﲑ ﺻَﺎِﻟﺢﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇﳝَﺎ ٍﻥ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻤ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻃﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠﺔﹸ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻗ ﹾﻠ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ِﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹺﻬ َﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫‪َ 5‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﻏﹶﺎَﻳﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹴﻡ ﺑَﺎ ِﻃﻞﹴ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤ َﺮﻓﹸﻮﺍ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﻛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻍ ﻗﹶﻮْﻡٌ َﻋ ْﻨﻬَﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺯَﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﺨﺭﺍﻓﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﻗﺼﺹ ﺨﻴﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻤﺘﻸﺕ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﺴﺎﻁﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻨﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻤﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻨﺴﺎﺏ ‪ :‬ﺍﻋﺘﺯﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺒﻨﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻼﻭﻴﻴﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺴﺒﻁ ﻴﻬﻭﺫﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﺒﺄﻨﺴﺎﺒﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺤﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻓﺎﺌﺩﺓ ﻭﻻ ﻫﺩﻑ ﻤﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﺒﺎﺤﺜﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﻤﺠﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻓﻴﺠﺎﺩﻟﻭﻥ ﺒﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻹﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﺁﺭﺍﺌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﻌﻴﺩ ﺘﻤﺎﻤًﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﻤﻨﻪ ﺘﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺒﺤﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺒﻬﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺒﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻁﻴﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭ ﺒﺎﻷﻨﺴﺎﺏ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻭﻟﺩ ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻴﺩﺨﻠﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺠﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻀﺎﺭﺓ ﺘﺒﻌﺩﻫﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﻨﻤﻭﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ : 5‬ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻏﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻜﺩ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺭﺩﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺴﻰ‬

‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ )ﻤﺕ ‪ (39-35 : 22‬ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻰ‬

‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺒﻊ ﻤﻥ ﻗﻠﺏ ﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﺒﺴﻜﻨﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻨﻴﺔ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻻ ﻴﺸﻭﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﺨﺒﺙ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪451‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻨﺤﺭﻑ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﺤﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻻ ﻁﺎﺌل ﻤﻥ ﻭﺭﺍﺌﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺤﺜﺎﺕ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﻓﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻓﺤﺹ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻫل ﻫﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﷲ ﺃﻡ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺍﺴﺘﺤﺴﺎﻨﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﺽ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ؟‪ ..‬ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻜل ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻙ ﻤﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻤﻌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺘﺭﻓﻕ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺌﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻨﻔﺭ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺘﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﻜل‪.‬‬

‫ش ِع ْر بالحاجة للخالص )ع‪:(11-7‬‬ ‫)‪ (3‬الناموس يُ ْ‬

‫‪7‬ﻳُﺮﹺﻳﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ُﻣ َﻌﻠﱢﻤِﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮﺱﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫُ ْﻢ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻬﻤُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻣَﺎ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻟﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻣَﺎ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺮﱢﺭُﻭَﻧﻪُ‪8 .‬ﻭَﻟﹶﻜِﻨﱠﻨَﺎ َﻧ ْﻌ ﹶﻠﻢُ‬ ‫ﺿ ْﻊ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﺒَﺎﺭﱢ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ْﻌ ِﻤﻠﹸﻪُ ﻧَﺎﻣُﻮ ِﺳﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪9 .‬ﻋَﺎﻟِﻤًﺎ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺻَﺎِﻟﺢٌ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﻣُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺤﲔَ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﻘﹶﺎِﺗﻠِﻰ ﺍﻵﺑَﺎ ِﺀ َﻭﻗﹶﺎِﺗﻠِﻰ ﺍ ُﻷﻣﱠﻬَﺎﺕِ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﻘﹶﺎِﺗﻠِﻰ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﺒﹺﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ْ‬ ‫ﺴَ‬ ‫ﻸﹶﺛ َﻤ ِﺔ ﻭَﺍﻟﹾﻤَُﺘ َﻤﺮﱢﺩِﻳﻦَ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹾﻠ ﹸﻔﺠﱠﺎ ﹺﺭ ﻭَﺍﻟﹾﺨُﻄﹶﺎﺓِ‪ ،‬ﻟِﻠﺪﱠﹺﻧ ِ‬ ‫ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹺ‪10 ،‬ﻟِﻠﺰﱡﻧَﺎﺓِ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﻤُﻀَﺎ ﹺﺟﻌِﻰ ﺍﻟ ﱡﺬﻛﹸﻮﺭﹺ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﺴَﺎ ﹺﺭﻗِﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹺ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻜﺬﱠﺍﹺﺑﲔَ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹾﻠﺤَﺎﹺﻧِﺜﲔَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺷَﻰْﺀٌ ﺁ َﺧﺮُ ُﻳﻘﹶﺎ ﹺﻭ ُﻡ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﺒَﺎ َﺭ ِﻙ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺍ ْﺅﺗُ ِﻤ ْﻨﺖُ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻪِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠ ِﺪ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺐ ﹺﺇْﻧﺠﹺﻴ ﹺﻞ َﻣ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِﻴ َﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺤِﻴﺢَ‪َ 11 ،‬ﺣ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل‪ ،‬ﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺼل ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻯ ﻭﻴﺘﺒﻌﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﻭﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﺎﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﻌﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﻬﺭﺓ ﻭﻴﻁﻠﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺒﻌﻴﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻏﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻡ ﻴﻜﺜﺭﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﺎﺩﻻﺕ ﻟﻴﺱ ﺭﻏﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺒﻠﻭﻍ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻓﺭﺽ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻴﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﻪ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺴﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﻴﻔﻬﻡ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻴﻁﺒﻘﻪ ﺒﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻰ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺊ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﻬﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻴﻅﻥ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻭﻴﺩﻴﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﻜﺄﻤﺭ‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ‪ ،‬ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻭ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻭﻤﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺄ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺴﺎﺀﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﻌﻤﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻀ َﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻸﺒﺭﺍﺭ ﺒل ﻟﻸﺸﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﺒﺭﺍﺭ ﻴﻤﻜﻨﻬﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﺭﻜﻭﺍ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ‬ ‫ع‪ُ :9‬ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﻀﻤﻴﺭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﺒﻴﻌﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺎﻤﻭﺱ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺒﻌﺩﻫﻡ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﺘﺨﻭﻴﻔﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﺫﻜﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﻨﺎ ﻨﻭﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻫﻡ ‪:‬‬ ‫‪452‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺜﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻤﺭﺩﻴﻥ ﻭﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻜﺴﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻤﺩ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺭﺘﻜﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﺒﻐﻴﺭ ﺤﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺨﺠل ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺭﺘﻜﺒﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺼﻰ ‪...‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﻨﺴﻴﻥ ﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺘﻠﻭﺜﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺜﺎﻡ ‪ ...‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺒﻴﺤﻴﻥ ﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺨﻁﺌﻭﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺩﻨﻰ ﺘﺄﻨﻴﺏ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻀﻤﺎﺌﺭﻫﻡ ‪ ...‬ﻗﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻵﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻤﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻡ ﻴﻤﺜﻠﻭﻥ ﺃﻗﺴﻰ ﺃﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻭﺏ ‪ ...‬ﻗﺎﺘﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻬﻴﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﺄﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﺍﻟﺯﻨﺎﺓ ‪ :‬ﻤﻥ ﻴﻨﺠﺴﻭﻥ ﺃﺠﺴﺎﺩﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻀﺎﺠﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻜﻭﺭ ‪ :‬ﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺫﻭﺫ ﺠﻨﺴﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺎﺭﻗﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻭﺠﻪ ﺤﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺍﺒﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻘﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﻌﻴًﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻤﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻨﺜﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻻ ﻴﻭﻓﻭﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻭﻋﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ‪ :‬ﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﻘﺎﻭﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﻭﺃﻤﺜﺎﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻗﺩﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻨﺎﻤﻭﺴﻪ ﻟﻴﺸﻌﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﺎﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺭﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺄﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺸﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﻹﺭﺍﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺸﺎﻫﺩًﺍ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﺴﺘﻔﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜل ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺘﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬

‫ﺘﺴﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺦ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺘﻨﺱ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬رحـمة ﷲ لبولس )ع ‪:(20-12‬‬ ‫ﻉ َﺭﺑﱠﻨَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻗﻮﱠﺍﻧﹺﻰ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻧﱠﻪُ ﺣَﺴِﺒَﻨﹺﻰ ﺃﹶﻣِﻴﻨًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﺟ َﻌ ﹶﻠﻨﹺﻰ ﻟِﻠﹾﺨِﺪْﻣَﺔِ‪13 ،‬ﹶﺃﻧَـﺎ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫‪َ 12‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﺷﻜﹸﺮُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ْﻬ ﹴﻞ ﻓِـﻰ ﻋَـ َﺪ ﹺﻡ ﹺﺇﳝَـﺎﻥٍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺠﺪﱢﻓﹰﺎ ﻭَﻣُﻀْﻄﹶﻬﹺﺪًﺍ َﻭﻣُﻔﹾﺘَﺮﹺﻳًﺎ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻨﹺﻰ ُﺭ ِﺣ ْﻤﺖُ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱢﻰ ﹶﻓ َﻌ ﹾﻠﺖُ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻗ ْﺒ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬

‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪15 .‬ﺻَﺎ ِﺩ ﹶﻗ ﹲﺔ ﻫِـ َﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﻠﻤَـ ﹸﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﻧ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ ﺭَﺑﱢﻨَﺎ ﹺﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺿ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 14‬ﻭَﺗﻔﹶﺎ َ‬

‫َﻭﻣُﺴَْﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺨﻄﹶﺎ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃﻭﱠﻟﹸﻬُ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻧَﺎ‪16 .‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻨﱠﻨﹺـﻰ‬ ‫ﺺ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﱢ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺟَﺎ َﺀ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ ﹺﻢ ﻟِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻘﱠﺔﹲ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﹸﻗﺒُﻮﻝﹴ‪ :‬ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ َ‬ ‫‪453‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪﻳﱠﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ‪ِ ،‬ﻓﻰﱠ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎﺓٍ‪ِ ،‬ﻣﺜﹶﺎ ﹰﻻ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻌﺘِﻴﺪِﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮﺍ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ُ‬ ‫ِﻟ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ ﺭُ ِﺣ ْﻤﺖُ‪ِ :‬ﻟﻴُ ﹾﻈ ﹺﻬ َﺮ َﻳﺴُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺠ ُﺪ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﺩ ْﻫ ﹺﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﱡﻫُﻮﺭﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﻜِﻴ ُﻢ ﻭَﺣْﺪَﻩُ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﺮَﺍ َﻣ ﹸﺔ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 17‬ﻭ َﻣ ِﻠﻚُ ﺍﻟﺪﱡﻫُﻮ ﹺﺭ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﻔﻨَﻰ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ُﻳﺮَﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍ ِﻹﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬

‫ﺖ َﻋ ﹶﻠ ْﻴﻚَ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ َﺳَﺒ ﹶﻘ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﱡُﺒﻮﱠﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺇﹺﻳﱠﺎﻫَﺎ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺱ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﺳَْﺘﻮْ ِﺩﻋُ َ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻳﱡﻬَﺎ ﺍﻻْﺑ ُﻦ ﺗِﻴﻤُﻮﺛﹶﺎ ُﻭ ُ‬ ‫‪َ 18‬ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺑ ﹺﻬ ﹺﻢ‬ ‫ﺴ َﺮ ْ‬ ‫ﻀﻪُ ﻗﹶﻮْﻡٌ‪ ،‬ﺍْﻧ ﹶﻜ َ‬ ‫ﲑ ﺻَﺎِﻟﺢٌ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﺭ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺿ ِﻤ ٌ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺇﹺﳝَﺎﻥﹲ َﻭ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﻨﺔﹶ‪َ 19 ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻓِﻴﻬَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﺤَﺎ َﺭَﺑ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ُﺗﺤَﺎ ﹺﺭ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﱠﻔِﻴَﻨﺔﹸ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪20 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ِﻣ ْﻨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﻫِﻴﻤِﻴﻨَﺎﻳُﺲُ ﻭَﺍ ِﻹ ْﺳ ﹶﻜ ْﻨ َﺪﺭُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻠﱠﺬﹶﺍ ِﻥ ﺃﹶﺳْﻠﹶﻤْﺘُﻬُﻤَﺎ ﻟِﻠﺸﱠ ْﻴﻄﹶﺎ ِﻥ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ‬ ‫ﺠﺪﱢﻓﹶﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ُﻳ َﺆﺩﱠﺑَﺎ َﺣﺘﱠﻰ ﹶﻻ ُﻳ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﺸﻜﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﷲ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻭﺜﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻤﺎﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﻭﱠﺍﻩ ﻭﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﺭﻏﻡ ﻋﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﺘﺤﻘﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻴﻌﺘﺭﻑ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫‪ -1‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺩﻴﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻭﺼﻔﻪ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪ -2‬ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺒﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻌﺫﻴﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﻗﺘﻠﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ -3‬ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺒﺘﻬﻡ ﺒﺎﻁﻠﺔ ﻟﻤﺤﺎﻜﻤﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﻌﺫﻴﺒﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻅﻴﻤﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻏﻔﺭﺍﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﺤﻭﻴﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺎﺩﻡ‬

‫ﻭﻜﺎﺭﺯ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺼﻨﻊ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺭ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻪ ﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺭﺠﻊ ﻋﻥ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺨﺎﺩﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻀﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﻭﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺘﻤﺘﻌﻪ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺼﺩﻕ ﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﻘﺒﻭﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻫﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﻟﻴﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺠﻤﻌﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻭل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪454‬‬

‫اح األَ ﱠو ُل‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻗﺒﻭﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻏﻡ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻭﺘﺤﻭﻴﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺨﺎﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻁﻭل ﺃﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺸﺠﻊ ﻜل ﺍﻷﺸﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻠﺭﺠﻭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻤﺤﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺒل ﻟﻴﻌﻁﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﻴﺨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺤﺩﻴﺜﻪ ﻋﻥ ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺘﻤﺠﻴﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﻠﻨﹰﺎ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺼﻔﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻠﻜﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺯﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻨﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺍﻩ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﺙ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻴﺸﺠﻌﻨﺎ ﻜﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻨﺎ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻤﺘﻜﺭﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺩﻓﻌﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﻓﻨﺘﻜل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﺍﺕ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﺎﻙ ﻨﺒﻭﺍﺕ ﻗﺩﻴﻤﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺎﺩﻤًﺎ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺘﺤﺎﺭﺏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﺘﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﺘﻜﺎل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻊ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﻟﻴﻨﺎﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻥ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﻨﺒﻭﺍﺕ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻭﺼﻴﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺨﻼﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺩﻋﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪ :‬ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻭﺇﺨﻼﺹ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻓﻀﻪ ﻗﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﺍﻁﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻨﻜﺴﺭﺕ ﺒﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻨﺤﺭﻓﻭﺍ ﻭﻏﺭﻗﻭﺍ ﺃﻯ ﺍﺒﺘﻌﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﻀﺎﻉ ﺭﺠﺎﺅﻫﻡ ﻭﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺭﻓﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﺍﻁﻘﺔ ﻓﺫﻫﺒﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺭﻴﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﻫﻴﻤﻴﻨﺎﻴﺱ ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻓﻰ )‪2‬ﺘﻰ ‪ ،(17 : 2‬ﻭﺍﺼﻔﹰﺎ ﺇﻴﺎﻩ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺯﺍﻍ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻗﺎﺌﻼ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﻗﺩ ﺤﺼﻠﺕ ﻓﻴﻘﻠﺏ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻗﻭﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭ ‪ :‬ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭ ﻓﻰ )‪2‬ﺘﻰ ‪" (14 : 4‬ﺍﺴﻜﻨﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﺎﺱ ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻰ ﺸﺭﻭﺭًﺍ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻠﻴﺠﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﺤﺴﺏ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﻫﻤﺎ ﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻗﻠﺒﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺒﺘﺩﺍﻉ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﻁﻊ ﻤﻥ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻔﺴﺩﺍ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ‬ ‫‪455‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ‪ ،‬ﺒﺤﺭﻤﺎﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺭﺠﻌﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻻ ﻴﺒﻐﻰ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻻﻨﺘﻘﺎﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺩﻴﺏ ﻟﻺﺼﻼﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪456‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺻـﺎﻳـﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺒـﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬الصالة من أجل الجميع )ع ‪:(4-1‬‬ ‫ﺕ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺸ ﱡﻜﺮَﺍ ٌ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ﹾﻃﻠﹸﺐُ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹶﻝ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﺗﻘﹶﺎ َﻡ ﹶﻃ ِﻠﺒَﺎﺕٌ ﻭَﺻَﻠﹶﻮَﺍﺕٌ ﻭَﺍْﺑِﺘﻬَﺎ ﹶﻻﺕٌ َﻭَﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺼﺐﹴ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻧ ﹾﻘﻀِﻰ َﺣﻴَﺎ ﹰﺓ ﻣُﻄﹾ َﻤِﺌﻨﱠ ﹰﺔ ﻫَﺎ ِﺩﹶﺋ ﹰﺔ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺗ ﹾﻘﻮَﻯ َﻭ َﻭﻗﹶـﺎﺭﹴ‪،‬‬ ‫‪َ 2‬ﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﻠﹸﻮ ِﻙ َﻭ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻓِﻰ َﻣ ْﻨ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ‬ ‫ﺨ ﹸﻠﺼُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻭﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ َﻣ ْﻌ ﹺﺮ ﹶﻓ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺼﻨَﺎ ﺍﷲِ‪4 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ُﻳﺮﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ َﺟﻤِﻴ َﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﱢ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ٌﻦ ﻭَﻣَﻘﹾﺒُﻮﻝﹲ ﹶﻟﺪَﻯ ُﻣ َ‬ ‫‪َ 3‬ﻷﻥﱠ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ُﻳ ﹾﻘﹺﺒﻠﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﺒﻌﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻅﻬﺭ ﻕ‪ .‬ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺃﻭل ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺭﻋﺎﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻟﻺﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﺒﻜل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺭﻓﻌﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل‬ ‫ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﻴﺸﻜﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ ﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﻴﻠﻴﻕ ﺒﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻨﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﻔﻌل ﺃﺒﻭﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﻩ ﻫﻰ ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺠﻤﺎﻋﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻨﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻷﻨﻔﺴﻨﺎ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒل ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ ﻟﻠﻐﻴﺭ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻜﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺘﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻁﻘﺴﻴﺔ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻨﻭﺍﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺃﻨﺕ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻼﺘﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻁﻠﺒﻭﺍ ﻤﻨﻙ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﺼﻠﻰ ﻋﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻴﺫﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻘﺭﻴﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺫﻭﻟﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :3 ،2‬ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻤﺅﺴﺴﺔ ﺘﻨﺎﻓﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺠﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻤﺘﻌﺒﺩﺓ ﷲ ﻷﺠل‬

‫ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﺒﺘﻬﺎﻻﺕ ﻷﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻫﻡ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺤل ﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻭﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻨﻤﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ ﻭﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺘﻔﺭﺡ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﺠﻌل ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻨﺎ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺤﺴﻨﺔ ﺃﻤﺎﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪456‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻭﻨﺠﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺴﻴﻠﻰ ﻗﺒل ﺼﻼﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ ﺃﻭﺸﻴﺔ ﺴﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺭﻴﻐﻭﺭﻯ ﺃﻭﺸﻴﺔ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻠﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻁ )ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺭ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻨﺩ ﻷﺠل ﺴﻼﻤﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺭﻴﺩ ﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻭﻴﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺘﻪ‬

‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻴﻨﻘﺫﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻀﻼل ﺍﻷﻭﺜﺎﻥ ﻭﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬المسيح الوسيط الوحيد )ع ‪: (7-5‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢُ‪6 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺑ ﹶﺬ ﹶﻝ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭَﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎﺱﹺ‪ :‬ﺍ ِﻹْﻧﺴَﺎ ﹸﻥ َﻳﺴُﻮ ُ‬ ‫‪َ 5‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻳُﻮ َﺟﺪُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻪٌ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ ﻭَﻭَﺳِﻴﻂﹲ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪٌ َﺑ ْﻴ َﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱠ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴﻊﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻬَﺎ َﺩﺓﹸ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻭﻗﹶﺎِﺗﻬَﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﺨَﺎﺻﱠﺔِ‪7 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﺟُ ِﻌ ﹾﻠﺖُ ﹶﺃﻧَﺎ ﻟﹶﻬَﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹺﺭﺯًﺍ َﻭ َﺭﺳُﻮﻻﹰ‪ .‬ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻪُ ِﻓ ْﺪَﻳ ﹰﺔ َﻷ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ ِﺬﺏُ‪ُ ،‬ﻣ َﻌﻠﱢﻤًﺎ ِﻟﻸُ َﻣ ﹺﻢ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻭَﺍﻟﹾﺤَﻖﱢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﻨﺎ ﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻫﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﺴﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﻴﻨﻔﻰ ﻤﺎ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﺍﻨﺒﺜﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﻤﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺃﺴﻤﻭﻫﺎ "ﺃﻴﻭﻨﺎﺕ"‪ ،‬ﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻜﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻰ ﻨﻅﺭﺘﻬﻡ ﻴﻌﺘﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﻯ ﺍﻷﻴﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻴﻭﻥ ﺃﻋﻅﻡ ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺒﻠﻎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺌﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻅﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻭﻴﻘﻭل ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻵﻟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺴﻴﻁﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻁﺒﻌًﺎ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻭﺴﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﻘﺎﻭﻤﺔ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻨﺎ ﺒﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺸﻔﺎﻋﺔ ﺒل ﻫﻰ ﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ‪ :‬ﻓﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺩﻤﻪ ﻜﻔﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﻟﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻔﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻭﻗﺕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪457‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻗﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺸﻬﺩ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻵﺏ ﺒﺈﻤﻜﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺘﺒﺭﻴﺭ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺩﺨل‬

‫ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻜﺭﺯ ﺒﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل‪ ،‬ﻤﻌﻠﻨﹰﺎ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻟﻸﻤﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ‬

‫ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻗﺒﻼ ﻭﺜﻨﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﻤﺘﺩﺕ ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺘﺸﻤل ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺭﻴﺔ ﺠﻤﻌﺎﺀ ﻭﺼﺎﺭﺕ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻏﻴﺭ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺼﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺒﺭﻙ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻤﻭﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺒﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺸﻬﺩ ﺃﻨﺕ ﺒﻨﻘﺎﻭﺘﻙ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜل ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﻴﺘﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬وصايا للرجال والنساء )ع ‪:(15-8‬‬ ‫ﺐ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺟﹺـﺪَﺍﻝﹴ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻯ ﻃﹶﺎ ِﻫ َﺮﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺑﹺـﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﹶﻏﻀَـ ﹴ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃﻳَﺎ ِﺩ َ‬ ‫ﺼ ِﻠ َﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﺟَﺎ ﹸﻝ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﻣﻜﹶﺎ ٍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭَﺍ ِﻓ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﹶﻓﹸﺄﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ َ‬

‫ﺐ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﻵﻟِـﺊﹶ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ‬ ‫ﻀﻔﹶﺎِﺋ َﺮ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﺫ َﻫ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻉ َﻭَﺗ َﻌ ﱡﻘﻞﹴ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺸ َﻤ ِﺔ َﻣ َﻊ َﻭ َﺭ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺤْ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴَﺎ َﺀ ُﻳ َﺰﻳﱢﻦﱠ ﹶﺫﻭَﺍِﺗ ﹺﻬﻦﱠ ﹺﺑ ِﻠﺒَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫‪َ 9‬ﻭ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺔٍ‪ِ11 .‬ﻟَﺘَﺘ َﻌﻠﱠ ﹺﻢ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَـ ْﺮﹶﺃﺓﹸ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑﹺﺄﹶﻋْﻤَﺎﻝﹴ ﺻَﺎِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹺﺑَﺘ ﹾﻘﻮَﻯ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﲑ ِﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﱠ َﻤﻦﹺ‪َ10 ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹶﻛﻤَﺎ َﻳﻠِﻴ ُﻖ ﹺﺑﹺﻨﺴَﺎ ٍﺀ ﻣَُﺘﻌَﺎﻫِﺪَﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﻼﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫َﻣ ﹶ‬

‫ﺴﻜﹸﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﻂ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱠ ُﺟﻞﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ‬ ‫ﺴﻠﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺁ ﹶﺫﻥﹸ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ َﻤ ْﺮﹶﺃ ِﺓ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗُ َﻌﻠﱢ َﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ ُﺧﻀُﻮﻉﹴ‪َ 12 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﹺﺑ ُ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓِـﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﺼَـ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﻓ َ‬ ‫ﻓِﻰ ُﺳﻜﹸﻮﺕٍ‪َ 13 ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺁ َﺩ َﻡ ﺟُﹺﺒ ﹶﻞ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ﹸﺛﻢﱠ َﺣﻮﱠﺍﺀُ‪14 ،‬ﻭَﺁ َﺩﻡُ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ ﻳُ ْﻐ َﻮ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﺮﹶﺃ ﹶﺓ ﺃﹸ ﹾﻏ ﹺﻮَﻳ ْ‬

‫ﺤﺒﱠ ِﺔ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﺪَﺍ َﺳ ِﺔ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ َﻌ ﱡﻘﻞﹺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﻠﹸﺺُ ﹺﺑ ﹺﻮ ﹶﻻ َﺩ ِﺓ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩِ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺛَﺒ ْﺘ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﱠ َﻌﺪﱢﻯ‪15 ،‬ﻭَﻟﹶﻜِﻨﱠﻬَﺎ َﺳَﺘ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻫﻴﻜل ﺃﻭﺭﺸﻠﻴﻡ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻓﻔﻰ ﻜل ﻤﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻹﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻴﺎﺩﻯ ﻁﺎﻫﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺴﺘﺒﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺴﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻬﻡ‬

‫ﺴﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻘﺒﻭﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﻀﺏ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل ﺴﺭﻴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺫﺭﻫﻡ ﻟﻀﺒﻁ ﺃﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺤﻔﻅ ﺴﻼﻤﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻌﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﺒﺎﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺠﺩﺍل ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل ﻴﻤﻴﻠﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘل‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻗﺩ ﻴﺴﻘﻁﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﻤﺯﻋﺞ‬ ‫ﻴﻔﻘﺩﻫﻡ ﺴﻼﻤﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺤﺫﺭﻫﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻟﻴﺭﻜﺯﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪458‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِنى‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل ﻟﻠﺼﻼﺓ ﻓﻰ ﻜﻨﺎﺌﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﺒﻴﻭﺘﻬﻡ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻗﺘﺭﺍﻥ ﺼﻠﻭﺍﺘﻬﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻰ ﻤﺒﺘﻌﺩﻴﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻤﺎ ﻴﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻔﻴﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺤﺸﻤﺔ ‪ :‬ﻤﻼﺒﺱ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻌﺜﺭﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﻉ ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﻭﻯ ﻭﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻬﻡ ﻴﻠﻴﻕ ﺒﺒﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻌﻘل ‪ :‬ﺍﺘﺯﺍﻥ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻨﺸﻐﺎل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻅﻬﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻀﻔﺎﺌﺭ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻴﻌﻤﻠﻥ ﻋﺸﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻔﺎﺌﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺸﻌﺭﻫﻥ ﻤﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﻬﻠﻙ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﺎ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺯﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺫﻫﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻵﻟﺊ ‪ :‬ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﻐﺎل ﺒﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺠﻭﻫﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻠﺒﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺸﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺜﺭ ﻜﺨﺎﺌﻔﺎﺕ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﻬﻤﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﻴﻥ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺒﺱ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10‬ﻴﻀﻴﻑ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻹﻴﺠﺎﺒﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ ﺘﺘﻌﻬﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﺴﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺤﺘﻤﺎ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺍﻻﺒﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻋﺜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺃﻻ ﺘﺘﻜﻠﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻊ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﻋﻅ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل‬ ‫ﻭﺘﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺘﻪ ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻨﺎﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﻭﻴﺭﻴﺤﻬﺎ ﻜﺎﻤﺭﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﻁﺒﻌﺎ ﺍﺤﺘﻘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺸﺄﻨﻬﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل ﻓﻰ ﻗﺩﺍﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎل‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل ﻴﻨﺎﺴﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﻨﻅﻴﺭﻩ ﺘﻜﻤﻠﻪ ﻭﺘﺴﻨﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻁﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل ﻻ ﺘﺘﻘﺒل ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻘﻭﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻤﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل ﻻ ﻴﻌﻭﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﻓﻜﺭﺓ ﺨﻀﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻟﻠﺭﺠل ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻭﻟﻴﺩﺓ ﻓﻜﺭ ﺒﺸﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻬﻰ ﺘﺤﻘﻕ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﷲ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻭﺒﻌﺩﻩ ﺨﻠﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻜﻤﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪459‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﺨﺩﻋﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺔ ﺤﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻜﺴﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻓﻠﻡ ﻴُﺨﺩَﻉ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻭﻗﻊ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭ‬

‫ﺤﻭﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺘﻌﺭﻀﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﺍﻉ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻷﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﻌﻭﺍﻁﻔﻬﺎ ﺘﺘﺄﺜﺭ ﺃﺴﺭﻉ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻰ ﻴﻤﻜﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺤﺭﻑ‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻓﻼ ﻴﻨﺎﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺒﻌﻭﺍﻁﻔﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺠل ﺇﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺤﺴﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :15‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻟﻠﺭﺠل ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺅﻫﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻜﺎﻟﻴل‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻤﺜل ﺘﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺒﻨﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺘﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻠﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﻴﻥ ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻨﺼﻴﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻜﺎﻟﻴل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺒﺸﺭﻁ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﺜﺒﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺯﻴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﻨﺸﻐل ﻋﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺄﻯ ﻤﻭﻀﻭﻉ ﺃﺭﻀﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﻔﺘﺢ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﺒﻘﻠﺏ ﻨﻘﻰ ﻭﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻹﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻹﻟﻬﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺴﺎﻋﺩﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻀﻊ ﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻙ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺭﻓﺽ ﻜل ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺤﺘﻔﻅ ﺒﻨﻘﺎﻭﺘﻙ‪.‬‬

‫‪460‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬شروط األسقف )ع ‪:(7-1‬‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺻَﺎِﻟﺤًﺎ‪ 2 .‬ﹶﻓَﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺸَﺘﻬﹺﻰ َﻋ َﻤ ﹰ‬ ‫‪1‬ﺻَﺎ ِﺩ ﹶﻗ ﹲﺔ ِﻫ َﻰ ﺍﻟﹾ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤﺔﹸ‪ :‬ﹺﺇ ِﻥ ﺍﺑْﺘَﻐَﻰ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﺍﻷُ ْﺳﻘﹸ ِﻔﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓَﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺸﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣُﻀِﻴﻔﹰﺎ ِﻟﻠﹾﻐُ َﺮﺑَﺎﺀِ‪ ،‬ﺻَﺎِﻟﺤًﺎ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِﻴﻢﹺ‪ 3 ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶﻟ ْﻮﻡﹴ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ْﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺍ ْﻣ َﺮﹶﺃ ٍﺓ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣ َﺪﺓٍ‪ ،‬ﺻَﺎ ِﺣﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋَﺎ ِﻗﻼﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣُﺤَْﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻒ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍ ُﻷ ْﺳ ﹸﻘ ُ‬

‫ﺤﺐﱟ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﻤَﺎﻝﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻﻢﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ُﻣ ِ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﺒﹺﻴﺢﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ َﺣﻠِﻴﻤًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ُﻣﺨَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻤﺮﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﺿَﺮﱠﺍﺏﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻃﹶﺎ ِﻣ ﹴﻊ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱢْﺑ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻣُ ْﺪ ِﻣ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﺨﻀُﻮ ﹺ‬ ‫‪4‬ﻳُ َﺪﺑﱢﺮُ َﺑ ْﻴَﺘﻪُ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ َﻭﻗﹶﺎﺭﹴ‪َ 5 .‬ﻭﹺﺇﻧﱠﻤَﺎ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﻌ ﹺﺮﻑُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ َﺪﺑﱢ َﺮ َﺑ ْﻴَﺘﻪُ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﻨًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻟﻪُ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﻻ ٌﺩ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ُ‬ ‫ﻀﺎ‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ ﹶﺃْﻳ ً‬ ‫ﻂ ﻓِﻰ َﺩْﻳﻨُﻮَﻧ ِﺔ ﹺﺇْﺑﻠِﻴﺲَ‪َ 7 .‬ﻭَﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻒ ﹶﻓَﻴﺴْﻘﹸ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺚ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ِﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺔ ﺍﷲِ؟ ‪ 6‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ َﺣﺪِﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻳ ْﻌَﺘﻨﹺﻰ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻜﻨﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ ﹶﻜ ْﻴ َ‬

‫ﲑ َﻭ ﹶﻓﺦﱢ ﹺﺇْﺑﻠِﻴﺲَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻂ ﻓِﻰ َﺗ ْﻌﹺﻴ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺴﻘﹸ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴَﻨ ﹲﺔ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻫ ْﻢ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﺧَﺎﺭﹺﺝﹴ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺷَﻬَﺎﺩَﺓﹲ َﺣ َ‬

‫ع‪ :1‬ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﺘﺤﻤل ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ‬

‫ﻟﻼﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨل‪ .‬ﻓﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺃﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺤﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﺸﺘﻬﻰ‬

‫ﺘﻜﺭﻴﺱ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﺃﻤﺭ ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻴﻔﺭﺡ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺫﻜﺭ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﺜﻡ ﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﻴﻌﻨﻰ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻴﻭﻀﺢ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻭﻓﺭ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺒﻼ ﻟﻭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﻤﻌﺜﺭﺓ ﻟﻶﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺃﻯ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ‬

‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻭﺠﺩ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﻼ ﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺒﻌل ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ‪ :‬ﺘﺯﻭﺝ ﻤﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻡ ﻴﺘﺯﻭﺝ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤل‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﻠﻥ ﻋﻔﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻜﺘﻔﺎﺌﻪ‬

‫ﺒﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺼﺎﺤﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﻤﺘﻴﻘﻅﺎ ﺴﺎﻫﺭﺍ ﺤﺫﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺫﻭ ﺒﺼﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﺘﻘﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻴﺎ ﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻤﻥ ﻴﺭﻋﺎﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻗﻼ ‪ :‬ﺭﺯﻴﻨﺎ ﻴﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺒﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺩﺍل‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺤﺘﺸﻤﺎ ‪ :‬ﻤﺤﺘﺸﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻅﻬﺭﻩ ﻭﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻪ ﻭﻜﻼﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﺒﺘﻌﺩًﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺯل‪.‬‬ ‫‪461‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ﻤﻀﻴﻔﺎ ﻟﻠﻐﺭﺒﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺍﺴﺘﻀﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎﺀ ﻋﻼﻤﺔ ﺍﺘﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻰ‪،‬‬

‫ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻴﺘﻨﻘﻠﻭﻥ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺍ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﺍﻻﻀﻁﻬﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻴﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺎ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ‪ :‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﻨﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺩﻤﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﻤﺭ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺭﱠﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻥ ﻻﺩﺍﻉ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻨﻭﻉ ﻫﻭ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﺒﻊ ﺼﻔﺔ ﻤﺭﻓﻭﻀﺔ ﺍﻥ ﺘﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﻭﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻨﻬﻤﺎﻙ ﻋﻤﻭﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﺫﺫ ﺒﺎﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺭﺍﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻀﺭﺍﺏ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﺏ ﻭﻴﺴﺭﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻤﻪ ﻜﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻭﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺭﻓﻴﻥ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻁﺎﻤﻊ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﺢ ‪ :‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺤﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﺎل ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺤﺼل ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺇﺭﻀﺎ ًﺀ ﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻭﺴﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻓﻘﻁ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺩﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺤﻠﻴﻤﺎ ‪ :‬ﺼﺒﻭﺭﺍ ﻤﻊ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﺜﻭﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻬﻡ ﺒل ﻴﺴﺘﻌﻴﺩﻫﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺒﻜل‬

‫ﺼﺒﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﺨﺎﺼﻡ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻘﻁﻊ ﺭﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﺔ ﻤﻊ ﺃﻯ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺌﻪ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺍﻷﺴﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻤﺤﺏ ﻟﻠﻤﺎل ‪ :‬ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻫﻰ ﺃﺼل ﻜل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻠﻴﻕ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻤﻠﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺏ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺭﺽ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﻘﻭﺩ ﻭﻴﺩﻴﺭ ﺒﻴﺘﻪ ﺒﻁﺭﻴﻘﺔ ﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻴﺭﺒﻰ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﺤﺴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻁﻴﻌﻭﻨﻪ ﻭﻴﺨﻀﻌﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺩﺉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﻤﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﺘﺒﻪ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻭﻴﺭﻋﺎﻫﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻥ ﻴﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻔﻌل‬

‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﻏﻴﺭ ﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺁﻤﻥ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﺘﺼﻠﻑ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺘﻜﺒﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻴﻨﻭﻨﺔ ﺇﺒﻠﻴﺱ ‪ :‬ﻴﺴﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻴﺸﺘﻜﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﺒﺴﺒﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪462‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺭﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺸﺨﺹ ﺒﺩﺃ ﺍﻹﻟﺘﺼﺎﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻤﻨﺫ ﻓﺘﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻗﺼﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻌﺭﺽ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﺫ ﻴﻅﻥ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻓﻀل ﻤﻤﻥ ﺴﺒﻘﻭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﺨﻠﻕ‬ ‫ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :7‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻸﺴﻘﻑ ﺼﻴﺕ ﺤﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺼﻼﺤﻪ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺎ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ‬

‫ﻻ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﺃﻋﺩﺍﺀﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺇﺩﺍﻨﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻭﻤﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻁﺒﱠﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻭﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺤﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﹸﺘ ﹶ‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﻻﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﺼﻔﺔ ﺘﺠﺩ ﻨﻔﺴﻙ ﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠًﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬شروط الشماس )ع ‪:(13-8‬‬ ‫ﺨ ْﻤ ﹺﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜِﺜﲑﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺔﹸ ﺫﹶﻭﹺﻯ َﻭﻗﹶﺎﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ ﺫﹶﻭﹺﻯ ِﻟﺴَﺎَﻧ ْﻴﻦﹺ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﻣُﻮﹶﻟ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻤَﺎ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺨَﺘَﺒﺮُﻭﺍ ﹶﺃﻭﱠﻻﹰ‪ ،‬ﹸﺛﻢﱠ‬ ‫ﲑ ﻃﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮﹴ‪َ 10 .‬ﻭﹺﺇﻧﱠﻤَﺎ َﻫﺆُ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ ِﻟﻴُ ْ‬ ‫ﻀ ِﻤ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﺒﹺﻴﺢﹺ‪َ 9 ،‬ﻭﹶﻟﻬُ ْﻢ ِﺳﺮﱡ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺮﱢْﺑ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻃﹶﺎ ِﻣ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻭﻗﹶﺎﺭﹴ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏ ْﻴ َﺮ ﹶﺛﺎِﻟﺒَﺎﺕٍ‪ ،‬ﺻَﺎ ِﺣﻴَﺎﺕٍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱢﺴَﺎ ُﺀ ﹶﺫﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹶﻟ ْﻮﻡﹴ‪ 11 .‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺸﻤﱠﺴُﻮﺍ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎﻧُﻮﺍ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫َﻳَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃﻣِﻴﻨَﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺴﻨًﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺴﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ﱞﻞ َﺑ ْﻌ ﹶﻞ ﺍ ْﻣ َﺮﹶﺃ ٍﺓ ﻭَﺍﺣِﺪَﺓٍ‪ُ ،‬ﻣ َﺪﺑﱢﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃﻭْ ﹶﻻ َﺩﻫُﻢْ َﻭُﺑﻴُﻮَﺗ ُﻬ ْﻢ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ‪12 .‬ﻟِﻴﻜﹸ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﱠﻤَﺎ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﺢ‬ ‫ﲑ ﹰﺓ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺴَﻨ ﹰﺔ‪َ ،‬ﻭِﺛ ﹶﻘ ﹰﺔ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻬﻢْ َﺩ َﺭ َﺟ ﹰﺔ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻨًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ﹾﻘَﺘﻨُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻷﻧْﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺸﻤﱠﺴُﻮﺍ َﺣ َ‬ ‫‪َ 13‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﺗ َ‬ ‫َﻳﺴُﻮﻉَ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻤﺴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﺎﻜﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺘﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺩﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺭﺘل‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺭﺴﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻤﻌﻅﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻤﺴﺔ ﺤﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﺤﺩﱠﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻭﺍﺠﺏ ﺘﻭﺍﻓﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ‪ ،‬ﻴﺤﺩﺩﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺭﺸﺤﻴﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﺫﻭﻯ ﻭﻗﺎﺭ ‪ :‬ﺃﻯ ﺫﻭﻯ ﺴﻠﻭﻙ ﻤﻬﺫﺏ ﻤﺘﺯﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺫﻭﻯ ﻟﺴﺎﻨﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﺨﺎﺩﻋﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﻤﻭﻟﻌﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺨﻤﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﻭﺫﻜﺭﺕ ﻓﻰ )ﻉ‪.(3‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﻁﺎﻤﻌﻴﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺭﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﺢ ‪ :‬ﺴﺒﻕ ﺫﻜﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻴﻀﹰﺎ ﻓﻰ )ﻉ‪.(3‬‬ ‫‪463‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﺴﺭ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻭﺃﻤﻡ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺴﻤﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﺭ ﻷﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺘﻔﻭﻕ ﺍﻹﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﺒﻀﻤﻴﺭ ﻨﻘﻰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺇﺨﻼﺹ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﺭﺽ ﺸﺨﺼﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻤﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴُﺨ ﹶﺘﺒَﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺒﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺒﺄﻤﺎﻨﺔ ﻭﺤﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻴُﺨ ﹶﺘﺒَﺭ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺨﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺇﻴﺠﺎﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ "ﺒﻼ ﻟﻭﻡ"‪ ،‬ﻴﻜﻭﻨﻭﺍ ﺤﻴﻨﺌﺫ ﻤﺅﻫﻠﻴﻥ ﻟﺩﺭﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺙ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻻ ﻴﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﺒﻭﺠﻪ ﻋﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻴﺨﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺭﺴﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺯﻭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻤﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻁﻠﻭﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﻥ ﻜﺎﻵﺘﻰ ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺫﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺎﺭ ‪ :‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻤﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻏﻴﺭ ﺜﺎﻟﺒﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻤﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻴﻭﺏ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺼﺎﺤﻴﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﻋﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻤﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ‪ :‬ﻤﺨﻠﺼﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻥ ﺒﺤﻜﻡ ﻭﻀﻌﻬﻥ ﻤﻁﻠﻌﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻥ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺘﻭﺩﻋﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺴﺭﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺘﻭﺯﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﺫﻜﺭ ﻓﻰ )ﻉ‪(4 ،2‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺴﺎﻋﺩ ﺼﺎﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻭ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤل ﻭﺍﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻭﻫﺒﻙ ﺍﷲ ﺇﻴﺎﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻜﻨﺕ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺒﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻜﻥ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﻁﻠﺏ ﻤﻌﻭﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺘﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪464‬‬

‫اح الثﱠا ِل ُ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫)‪ (3‬الكنيسة )ع ‪:(16-14‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﹸْﺑ ِﻄﺊﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ِﻠ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﺗ ْﻌ ﹶﻠ َﻢ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻋ ْﻦ ﹶﻗﺮﹺﻳﺐﹴ‪َ 15 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹸﻛ ْﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺭَﺍ ﹺﺟﻴًﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺁﺗِﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫‪َ 14‬ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺘُﺒُﻪُ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ َﻭﻗﹶﺎ ِﻋ َﺪﺗُﻪُ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺤﻰﱢ‪َ ،‬ﻋﻤُﻮ ُﺩ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﷲِ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻛﻨﹺﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻓِﻰ َﺑ ْﻴ ِ‬ ‫ﺼﺮﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗَﺘ َ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﹶﻛ ْﻴ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﻇ َﻬ َﺮ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﺠَﺴَﺪِ‪َ ،‬ﺗَﺒﺮﱠ َﺭ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﺡﹺ‪َ ،‬ﺗﺮَﺍﺀَﻯ ﻟِﻤَﻼﹶﺋِﻜﹶﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﻛﹸ ﹺﺮ َﺯ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﻉ‪ ،‬ﻋَﻈِﻴﻢٌ ﻫُ َﻮ ِﺳﺮﱡ ﺍﻟﺘﱠﻘﹾﻮَﻯ‪ :‬ﺍ ُ‬ ‫‪َ 16‬ﻭﺑﹺﺎ ِﻹ ْﺟﻤَﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺠﺪِ‪.‬‬ ‫َﺑ ْﻴ َﻦ ﺍ ُﻷ َﻣﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺃﹸﻭ ِﻣ َﻦ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟﻢﹺ‪ ،‬ﺭُ ِﻓ َﻊ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ع‪ :14‬ﻴﻌﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻀﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﻟﻜﻰ ﻴﻁﻤﺌﻨﻪ ﻭﻴﺸﺠﻌﻪ ﻭﻴﺅﻜﺩ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﺸﺩﻩ ﻭﻭﺠﻬﻪ ﺒﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻫﺫﻩ‪ ،‬ﺴﻴﺴﺎﻨﺩﻩ ﺒﺤﻀﻭﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻓﺴﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﺘﺘﺼﺭﻑ ‪ :‬ﺘﺩﺒﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻭﻗﺎﻋﺩﺘﻪ ‪ :‬ﻤﺴﺎﻨﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻯ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺘﻌﻠﻥ ﻭﺘﺴﺎﻨﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺤﻀﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺘﺄﺨﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻀﻭﺭ ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻀﺎﻴﻕ ﻷﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺴﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻋﻤل ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻟﺒﺫل‬ ‫ﻤﺯﻴﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺩ ﻜﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺤﻰ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺴﻤﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻴﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺤﺩﺩ ﻤﻼﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﺒﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﺘﺭﺘﻜﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻫﻭ ﺃﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺘﻌﺘﻤﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻜﺄﺴﺎﺱ ﻟﻠﺨﻼﺹ ﻜﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﺍﻁﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﻭﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻰ ﻤﺠﺭﺩ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻨﻅﺭﻴﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺨﻴل ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﻭﻥ ﻤﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺴﻘﻁﻬﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻰ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻤﻠﻭﺀﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻰ ﻤﺎ ﻨﺴﻤﻴﻪ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺴﺭ ﻋﻅﻴﻡ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻵﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﺤل ﺍﻵﺘﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬

‫‪465‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫ول األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬ ‫س ِ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ﺍﷲ ﻅﻬﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ‪ :‬ﺘﺠﺴﺩ ﺍﻷﻗﻨﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﺼﺎﺌﺭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﺁﻴﺔ ﺼﺭﻴﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﺍﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻻﻫﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (2‬ﺘﺒﺭﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ‪ :‬ﺸﻬﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﺒﺒﺭﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (3‬ﺘﺭﺍﺀﻯ ﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ‪ :‬ﺸﺎﻫﺩﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﻤﻌﻨﺎ ﺨﻼل ﺘﺠﺴﺩﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (4‬ﹸﻜ ﹺﺭ َﺯ ﺒﻪ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ‪ُ :‬ﺒﺸﱢﺭ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﻠﺹ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻡ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (5‬ﺃﻭﻤﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ‪ :‬ﻴﻨﻌﻡ ﺍﻟﻜل ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺘﻤﻴﻴﺯ ﺃﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺃﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪ (6‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ‪ :‬ﺼﻌﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻯ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺜﺒﺎﺘﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻫﻭ ﺜﺒﺎﺕ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﻤﻁﻤﺌﻨﺎ ﻭﺘﻀﻤﻥ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺘﻙ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺤﻀﻭﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺄﺴﺭﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﺘﻌﺎﺭﻀﺕ ﻤﻊ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻙ‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻏﺭﺍﻀﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪466‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﻓﺾ ﺗﻌﺎﻟﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺮﺍﻃﻘﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬رفض كالم الھراطقة )ع‪:(8-1‬‬ ‫ﻀﻠﱠ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﲔ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َﻭﺍﺣًﺎ ﻣُ ِ‬ ‫ﲑ ِﺓ َﻳ ْﺮَﺗﺪﱡ ﻗﹶﻮْﻡٌ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪ ،‬ﺗَﺎﹺﺑ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺻ ﹺﺮﳛًﺎ‪ :‬ﹺﺇﻧﱠﻪُ ﻓِﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺯ ِﻣَﻨ ِﺔ ﺍ َﻷ ِﺧ َ‬ ‫ﺡ َﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ َ‬ ‫‪َ 1‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭ َ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﱢﻭَﺍﺝﹺ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺁ ِﻣﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُﻤَْﺘَﻨ َﻊ‬ ‫ﺿﻤَﺎِﺋ ُﺮ ُﻫﻢْ‪3 ،‬ﻣَﺎﹺﻧ ِﻌ َ‬ ‫َﻭَﺗﻌَﺎﻟِﻴ َﻢ َﺷﻴَﺎ ِﻃﲔَ‪2 ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﹺﺭﻳَﺎ ِﺀ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗﻮَﺍ ﹴﻝ ﻛﹶﺎ ِﺫَﺑﺔٍ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ْﻮﺳُﻮ َﻣ ﹰﺔ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺟَﻴﱢﺪَﺓﹲ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ‪َ 4 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺧﻠِﻴ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﲔ َﻭﻋَﺎ ﹺﺭﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ِﻟُﺘَﺘﻨَﺎ َﻭ ﹶﻝ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﺸﱡ ﹾﻜ ﹺﺮ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﺆْ ِﻣﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫َﻋ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃ ِﻌ َﻤ ٍﺔ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﺧَﻠﹶﻘﹶﻬَﺎ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍ ِﻹ ْﺧ َﻮ ﹶﺓ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ‪َ ،‬ﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ‬ ‫ﻼﺓِ‪6 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻓﻜﱠ ْﺮ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭَﺍﻟﺼﱠ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻳُ ْﺮ ﹶﻓﺾُ ﺷَﻰْﺀٌ ﹺﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺃﹸ ِﺧ ﹶﺬ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﱡ ﹾﻜﺮﹺ‪َ 5 ،‬ﻷﻧﱠﻪُ ﻳُ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﺱُ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺗَﺘﺒﱠﻌَْﺘﻪُ‪َ 7 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﺨُﺮَﺍﻓﹶﺎﺕُ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﻭَﺍﻟﺘﱠﻌْﻠِﻴﻢﹺ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪ُ ،‬ﻣَﺘ َﺮﺑﱢﻴًﺎ ﹺﺑ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺧَﺎﺩِﻣًﺎ ﺻَﺎﻟِﺤًﺎ ﻟِﻴﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺪﻳﱠ ﹶﺔ ﻧَﺎ ِﻓ َﻌ ﹲﺔ ِﻟ ﹶﻘﻠِﻴﻞﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ‬ ‫ﺠَ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ ﹾﻘﻮَﻯ‪َ 8 .‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺮﱢﻳَﺎﺿَﺔﹶ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺽ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻀﻬَﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ َﺭﻭﱢ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﺔﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺠَﺎِﺋ ﹺﺰﻳﱠﺔﹸ ﻓﹶﺎ ْﺭ ﹸﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﱠﹺﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺿ َﺮ ِﺓ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺘِﻴ َﺪﺓِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﻘﻮَﻯ ﻧَﺎ ِﻓ َﻌ ﹲﺔ ِﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ ﹶﻟﻬَﺎ َﻣ ْﻮ ِﻋﺪُ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺱ ﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻷﻨﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺒﺄﻤﻭﺭ ﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﻭﻀﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﺒﺄﻨﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻘﺼﺩ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺯﻤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻤﺘﺩ ﻤﻥ ﺼﻌﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻤﺠﻴﺌﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻴﻨﺤﺭﻑ ﺃﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻠﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﻭﻴﺘﺒﻌﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻁﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻀﻠﻬﻡ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﻁﺭﻴﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :2‬ﻤﻭﺴﻭﻤﺔ‪ :‬ﻤﻜﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺩ ﻓﻴﻔﻘﺩ ﺇﺤﺴﺎﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻀﻤﺎﺌﺭﻫﻡ ﺘﻔﻘﺩ‬ ‫ﺇﺤﺴﺎﺴﻬﺎ ﻜﺄﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﻜﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺤﺭﻓﻭﻥ ﺴﻴﺨﺩﻋﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻁﺎﺀ ﺒﺘﻤﺜﻴﻠﻬﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﺩﺕ ﻀﻤﺎﺌﺭﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﻯ ﺇﺤﺴﺎﺱ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻨﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﺒﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﻜﺎﺫﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :3‬ﻨﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻬﺭﺍﻁﻘﺔ )ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﻭﻥ ﻭﺃﺘﺒﺎﻉ ﻤﺎﻨﻰ( ﺒﺎﻻﻤﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﺒﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺠﻴﺔ ﺩﻨﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺒﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻴﻠﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻟﻜﺎﻤﻠﻴﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻠﺤﻭﻡ ﻭﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻤﺔ‬ ‫‪467‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سو ِل األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺨﺭﻯ‪ .‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﺒﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﺍ ﻜل ﺍﻷﻁﻌﻤﺔ ﻫﻰ‬ ‫ﻋﻁﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﺄﻜﻠﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﺒﺸﻜﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5 ،4‬ﻨﺤﻥ ﻨﺅﻤﻥ ﺒﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺨﻠﻕ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﺤﺴﻨﺎ )ﺘﻙ ‪ ،(31 :1‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻠﻴﻘﺘﻪ ﻤﺎ ﻫﻭ‬ ‫ﺩﻨﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺒل ﺃﻥ ﻨﺄﻜل ﻨﺼﻠﻰ ﻭﻨﺘﺫﻜﺭ ﻤﺒﺎﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻸﻁﻌﻤﺔ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﺜﻡ ﻨﺄﻜل‬ ‫ﻭﻨﺸﻜﺭ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :6‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺭﻋﻴﱠﺔ ﻭﻴﺫﻜﺭﻫﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﺎﺌﻕ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﻠﻤﻭﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﻟﺘﺯﺍﻤﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺒﺘﺫﻜﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺨﺎﺩﻤﺎ ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﻴﺙ ﺃﻨﻙ ﻨﺸﺄﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﻴﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺒﻌﻴﺩًﺍ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻷﻀﺎﻟﻴل‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﺍﻟﺨﺭﺍﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺩﻨﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺌﺯﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺜﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻴﻬﻭﺩﻴﺔ ﻴﺘﻨﺎﻗﻠﻬﺎ ﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﻋﻥ‬ ‫ﺁﺒﺎﺌﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻰ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻤﻭﺭ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﻭﺘﺎﻓﻬﺔ ﺘﺸﻐل ﻭﺘﻌﻁل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺘﺩﻨﺱ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺭﻩ ﺒﺄﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺒﻼ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﱢﺽ ‪ :‬ﺠﺎﻫﺩ ﺒﺘﺩﺍﺭﻴﺏ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻴﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻹﻨﺸﻐﺎل ﺒﺄﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﻨﻴﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺩﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﻬﺩﻓﻪ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺩﺭﺏ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﻤﻭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :8‬ﺍﻟﻌﺘﻴﺩﺓ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻴﺎﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺩﻨﻴﺔ ﻨﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﺩ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ ﻭﻤﺨﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻨﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﻟﻜﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻜﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ ﻤﻌًﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺘﻁﻬﺭ ﺠﺴﺩﻩ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﺱ ﻓﻜﺭﻩ ﻭﺘﻭﺠﻪ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺨﻴﺭ ﻭﺘﻌﺩﻩ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻗﺩ ﻴﻨﻘل ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺘﻤﻊ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺤﺹ ﻜل ﺸﺊ ﻫل ﻴﺘﻔﻕ ﻤﻊ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻙ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ ؟ ﻭﻻ ﺘﻨﺸﻐل ﻋﻥ ﻫﺩﻓﻙ ﻭﻫﻭ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﻜل ﺤﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬الرجاء )ع‪:(11-9‬‬

‫‪468‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺤﻘﱠﺔﹲ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﹸﻗﺒُﻮﻝﹴ‪10 .‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ِﻟ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ َﻧ ْﺘ َﻌﺐُ َﻭُﻧ َﻌﻴﱠﺮُ‪ ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ ﹶﺃﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ْﻴﻨَﺎ َﺭﺟَﺎ َﺀﻧَﺎ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫‪9‬ﺻَﺎ ِﺩ ﹶﻗ ﹲﺔ ِﻫ َﻰ ﺍﻟﹾ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤﺔﹸ َﻭﻣُﺴَْﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺹ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ َﻭ َﻋﻠﱢﻢْ‪.‬‬ ‫ﲔ؛ ‪11‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ِﺳﻴﱠﻤَﺎ ﺍﻟﹾﻤُﺆْ ِﻣﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﱢﺺُ َﺟﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺤﻰﱢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣُ َ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍِ‬ ‫ع‪ :9‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺤﻘﺔ ﻜل ﻗﺒﻭل ﻫﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ ﻨﺎﻓﻌﺔ ﻟﻜل ﺸﺊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻋﻴﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭﺓ ﻭﺘﻘﻭﺩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺃﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺴﻌﻴﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :10‬ﻴﺤﺘﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﻫﺎﻨﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺭﺠﺎﺀﻩ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﺴﻨﺩﻩ ﺃﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻴﻌﺯﻯ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻴﺴﻨﺩ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﻠﺘﺠﺊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﻴﻨﺒﻪ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻷﺼﺤﺎﺡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﻤﺎ ﺘﻨﻅﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻭﺍﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺘﺤﺘﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﻷﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺴﻨﺩﻙ‬

‫ﻭﻴﺨﻔﻑ ﻋﻨﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺘﺸﻌﺭ ﺒﻭﺠﻭﺩﻩ ﻤﻌﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜﺎﻓﺌﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺒﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺒﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺫﻜﺭ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﺌﻤًﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻤﻌﻙ ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﺭﻜﻙ ﻤﺎ ﺩﻤﺕ ﺘﺭﻴﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬القراءة والتلمذة )ع‪:(16-12‬‬ ‫ﺼﺮﱡﻑِ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﹾﻤَﺤَﺒﱠﺔِ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﻼﻡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤﺪَﺍﹶﺛِﺘﻚَ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﹸﻛ ْﻦ ﻗﹸ ْﺪ َﻭ ﹰﺓ ِﻟﻠﹾﻤُﺆْ ِﻣﹺﻨ َ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ﹺﻬ ْﻦ ﹶﺃﺣَﺪٌ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫‪ 12‬ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻆ ﻭَﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِﻴﻢﹺ‪ 14 .‬ﹶﻻ ﺗُ ْﻬ ِﻤ ﹺﻞ‬ ‫ﻒ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﺮَﺍ َﺀ ِﺓ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ْﻋ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﱡﻭﺡﹺ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﻬَﺎ َﺭﺓِ‪13 .‬ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﺃﺟﹺﻰ َﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْﻋ ﹸﻜ ْ‬ ‫ﺨﺔِ‪15 .‬ﺍ ْﻫَﺘﻢﱠ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ ْﻦ ﻓِﻴﻪِ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﺸَﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺿ ﹺﻊ ﺃﹶﻳْﺪِﻯ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺑﹺﺎﻟﻨﱡُﺒﻮﱠ ِﺓ‪َ ،‬ﻣ َﻊ َﻭ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ ْﻌﻄﹶﺎ ﹶﺓ ﹶﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮ ِﻫَﺒ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﻓِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺇﹺﺫﹶﺍ ﹶﻓ َﻌ ﹾﻠ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻭَﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِﻴ َﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺩَﺍ ﹺﻭ ْﻡ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺫِﻟﻚَ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻆ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻇﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮًﺍ ﻓِﻰ ﹸﻛﻞﱢ َﺷ ْﻰﺀٍ‪ 16 .‬ﹶﻻ ِﺣ ﹾ‬ ‫َﺗ ﹶﻘﺪﱡﻣُ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ َﻤﻌُﻮَﻧ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺨﻠﱢﺺُ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺗُ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :12‬ﻫﻨﺎ ﻴﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺘﻤﺱ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻬﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺒﺤﺩﺍﺜﺘﻙ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻥ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺩﺍﻴﺔ ﺃﺴﻘﻔﻴﺘﻪ ﺼﻐﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﺸﺠﻌﻪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺒﺄﻻ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻗﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻋﻭﻴﺔ ﺒﺜﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺩﻭﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ‪ :‬ﻓﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﻤﻪ ﻭﺃﺴﻠﻭﺒﻪ ﻓﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺘﺯﻥ ﻭﻤﺩﻗﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪469‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سو ِل األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ ‪ :‬ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻪ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴًﺎ ﺒﺤﺴﺏ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ‪ :‬ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻤﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺴﻴﺌﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺡ ‪ :‬ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺘﻪ ﻭﺴﻠﻭﻜﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ‪ :‬ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ ﻭﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺍﻗﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻁﻬﺎﺭﺓ ‪ :‬ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﻜﻼﻤﻪ ﻭﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﻏﺭﺽ ﺸﺭﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :13‬ﻴﻭﺼﻰ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻤل ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﻅﻬﺭ‬

‫ﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻋﻅﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﻠﺸﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻙ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﻘﺎﺒل ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺴﻴﻜﻤل ﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ‬

‫ﻭﺇﺭﺸﺎﺩﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :14‬ﺍﻟﻤﻭﻫﺒﺔ ‪ :‬ﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺒﻜل ﻤﺎ ﺘﺤﻤل ﻤﻥ ﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻭﻋﻅ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻭﺓ ‪ :‬ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻨﺒﻭﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺴﻴﺼﻴﺭ ﺃﺴﻘﻔﹰﺎ ﻭﺭﺍﻋﻴًﺎ ﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻴﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻴﺨﺔ ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺩ ﺭﺴﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﺴﻘﻔﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻀﻊ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻭﺍﻷﺴﺎﻗﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺃﻴﺎﺩﻴﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺴﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺒﻭﻀﻊ ﻴﺩ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﻗﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﻤﻴﻥ ﻟﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﺘﺒﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻩ ﻻﺴﺘﺨﺩﺍﻡ ﻤﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻁﺎﺓ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻜﺩﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻨﺒﻭﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻌﻤل ﺍﷲ ﻭﻴﻔﻴﺩ ﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻴﺭﻋﺎﻫﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻴﻭﺼﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺤﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻻ ﻴﻨﺸﻐل ﺒﺄﻯ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺃﺨﺭﻯ‬

‫ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﻜﺭﺱ ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﻭﺼﻴﻪ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻠﻤﺫﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺱ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل‬

‫ﻟﻪ ﻭﺍﻻﺴﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺩﺭ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﺴﻴﻜﺴﺏ ﺨﻼﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺨﻼﺹ ﻨﻔﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﻴﺭﻋﺎﻫﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠًﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺩﺍﻭﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﺫﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻜل ﺃﻴﺎﻡ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﺒﺎﻷﻭﻟﻰ ﺃﻨﺕ ﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺴﻨﻙ ﺃﻭ ﺨﺒﺭﺘﻙ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻙ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺍﻻﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﺒﺤﺜﻙ ﻋﻥ ﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‬

‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻴﻌﻤل ﻓﻴﻙ ﺒﺭﻭﺤﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻭﺱ ﻭﻴﺭﺸﺩﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺘﻠﺫﺫ ﺒﻌﺸﺭﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﻴﺘﻌﻠﻤﻭﻥ ﻤﻥ‬ ‫‪470‬‬

‫اح ال ﱠرابِ ُع‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺭﻭﺤﺎﻨﻴﺎﺘﻙ ﻭﻴﻘﺒﻠﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻫﺘﻡ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﺒﺎﻟﻘﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺒل ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺒﻤﻼﺤﻅﺔ ﻓﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻷﻁﻔﺎل ﻟﺘﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻥ ﻜل ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪471‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سو ِل األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﺎﻳﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺍﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬معاملة الشيوخ والشباب )ع‪:(2 ،1‬‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺤ َﺪﺛﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺙ ﹶﻛﹺﺈ ْﺧ َﻮﺓٍ‪2 ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺠَﺎِﺋ َﺰ ﹶﻛﺄﹸﻣﱠﻬَﺎﺕٍ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْﺰ ُﺟ ْﺮ ﺷَﻴْﺨًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻋ ﹾﻈﻪُ ﻛﹶﺄﹶﺏﹴ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍ َﻷ ْﺣﺪَﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫ﹶﻛﹶﺄ َﺧﻮَﺍﺕٍ‪ ،‬ﹺﺑ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ ﹶﻃﻬَﺎ َﺭﺓٍ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻴﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﺤﻜﻴﻤﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻠﺘﻪ ﻟﻜل ﻓﺌﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﻋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺭﻋﺎﺓ ﻫﻡ ﺁﺒﺎﺀ ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ ﻜﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﺘﺯﺠﺭ ﺸﻴﺨﺎ ‪ :‬ﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻭﺒﻴﺨﻬﻡ ﺒﻌﻨﻑ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﻋﻅﻬﻡ ﻜﺂﺒﺎﺀ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻷﺠل ﺴﻨﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺤﺩﺍﺙ ﻜﺄﺨﻭﺓ ‪ :‬ﻴﻅﻬﺭ ﺍﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻭﺥ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺃﻴﻀﺎ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻓﻴﻌﺎﻤﻠﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻠﻤﻬﻡ ﻜﺈﺨﻭﺓ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺌﺯ ﻜﺄﻤﻬﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩﺍﺕ ﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﻜﺄﻤﻬﺎﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﺤﺘﺭﺍﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺩﺜﺎﺕ ﻜﺄﺨﻭﺍﺕ ‪ :‬ﻤﻌﺎﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻜﺄﺨﻭﺍﺕ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺒﻁﻬﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺘﻌﺎﻤﻠﻙ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺈﻜﺭﺍﻡ ﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻥ ﻭﻜل ﻤﻥ ﻫﻭ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺨﺒﺭﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻋﻙ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺘﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜل ﻭﺘﺘﻌﻠﻡ ﻤﻨﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺠﺫﺒﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻴﻘﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻜﻼﻤﻙ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬إعالة األرامل وتكريسھن )ع‪:(16-3‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َﻣ ﹶﻠ ﹲﺔ ﹶﻟﻬَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﻻ ٌﺩ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﺣَﻔﹶﺪَﺓﹲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺤﻘِﻴ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﹶﺃﺭَﺍ ِﻣﻞﹸ‪َ 4 .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ْﻦ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎَﻧ ْ‬ ‫‪3‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛ ﹺﺮ ﹺﻡ ﺍ َﻷﺭَﺍ ِﻣ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻮَﺍﺗِﻰ ُﻫﻦﱠ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﹶﻓﻠﹾَﻴَﺘ َﻌﻠﱠﻤُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃﻭﱠ ﹰﻻ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳُ َﻮﻗﱢﺮُﻭﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﻫ ﹶﻞ َﺑ ْﻴِﺘ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻳُﻮﻓﹸﻮﺍ ﻭَﺍِﻟﺪِﻳ ﹺﻬ ﹺﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﻜﹶﺎ ﹶﻓﹶﺄﺓﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﺻَﺎﻟِﺢٌ ﻭَﻣَﻘﹾﺒُﻮﻝﹲ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ ﺍﷲِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺭَﺟَﺎﺀَﻫَﺎ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﷲِ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ِﻫ َﻰ ﺗُﻮﺍ ِﻇﺐُ ﺍﻟﻄﱢ ﹾﻠﺒَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻘِﻴ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َﻣ ﹶﻠ ﹲﺔ َﻭ َﻭﺣِﻴ َﺪﺓﹲ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ ﹶﺃﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ْ‬ ‫‪َ 5‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜﻦﱠ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ِﻫ َﻰ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫‪472‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﻼ ﹶﻟ ْﻮﻡﹴ‪َ 8 .‬ﻭﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﺹ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳ ﹸﻜﻦﱠ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺖ َﻭ ِﻫ َﻰ ﺣَﻴﱠﺔﹲ‪ 7 .‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ْﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ َﻭَﻧﻬَﺎﺭًﺍ‪6 .‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَُﺘَﻨﻌﱢ َﻤﺔﹸ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ ﻣَﺎَﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻟ ْﻴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﻟﺼﱠ ﹶﻠﻮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْﻌَﺘﻨﹺﻰ ﹺﺑﺨَﺎﺻﱠِﺘﻪِ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ِﺳﻴﱠﻤَﺎ ﹶﺃ ْﻫﻞﹸ َﺑ ْﻴِﺘﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ ﹶﺃْﻧ ﹶﻜ َﺮ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥﹶ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫُ َﻮ َﺷﺮﱞ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻦﹺ‪ِ9 .‬ﻟﺘُﻜﹾَﺘَﺘﺐْ‬

‫ﺤﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﲔ َﺳَﻨﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْﻣ َﺮﹶﺃ ﹶﺓ َﺭﺟُ ﹴﻞ ﻭَﺍ ِﺣﺪٍ‪10 ،‬ﻣَﺸْﻬُﻮﺩًﺍ ﻟﹶﻬَﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻋﻤَﺎ ﹴﻝ ﺻَﺎِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ ْﺭ َﻣ ﹶﻠ ﹲﺔ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ُﻋ ْﻤ ُﺮﻫَﺎ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻗﻞﱠ ِﻣ ْﻦ ِﺳﺘﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَُﺘﻀَﺎﹺﻳ ِﻘﲔَ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﱠَﺒ َﻌ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ ْﺭﺟُ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﹾﻘِﺪﱢﻳﺴِﲔَ‪ ،‬ﺳَﺎ َﻋ َﺪ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟﻐُ َﺮﺑَﺎﺀَ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏﺴﱠ ﹶﻠ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻭ ﹶﻻﺩَ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﺿَﺎ ﹶﻓ ِ‬ ‫َﺗ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ﹶﻗ ْﺪ َﺭﺑﱠ ِ‬

‫ﺢ‪ ،‬ﻳُ ﹺﺮ ْﺩ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳَﺘ َﺰﻭﱠ ْﺟﻦَ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻀ ُﻬﻦﱠ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻧﱠ ُﻬﻦﱠ‪َ ،‬ﻣﺘَﻰ َﺑ ِﻄ ْﺮ ﹶﻥ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻓﹶﺎ ْﺭ ﹸﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺤ َﺪﺛﹶﺎ ُ‬ ‫َﻋ َﻤ ﹴﻞ ﺻَﺎِﻟﺢﹴ‪11 .‬ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍ َﻷﺭَﺍ ِﻣﻞﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﻚ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻳَﺘ َﻌﻠﱠ ْﻤ َﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ﹸﻜﻦﱠ ﺑَﻄﱠﺎﻻﹶﺕٍ‪َ ،‬ﻳﻄﹸ ﹾﻔ َﻦ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﻀ َﻦ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍ َﻷﻭﱠﻝﹶ‪َ 13 .‬ﻭ َﻣ َﻊ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫‪َ 12‬ﻭﹶﻟﻬُﻦﱠ ﺩَﻳْﻨُﻮﻧَﺔﹲ َﻷﻧﱠ ُﻬﻦﱠ َﺭ ﹶﻓ ْ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﹾ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻦ َﺑﻄﱠﺎ ﹶﻻ ٍ‬ ‫ﺠﺐُ‪ 14 .‬ﹶﻓﹸﺄﺭﹺﻳ ُﺪ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹸﻓﻀُﻮِﻟﻴﱠﺎﺕٌ‪َ ،‬ﻳَﺘ ﹶﻜﻠﱠ ْﻤ َﻦ ﹺﺑﻤَﺎ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻂ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ِﻣ ْﻬﺬﹶﺍﺭَﺍ ٌ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﹾﺒُﻴُﻮﺕِ‪َ .‬ﻭﹶﻟ ْ‬ ‫ﲔ ِﻋﻠﱠ ﹰﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ُﻤﻘﹶﺎ ﹺﻭ ﹺﻡ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﺘﻢﹺ‪ 15 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺕ َﻳَﺘ َﺰﻭﱠ ْﺟ َﻦ َﻭَﻳ ِﻠ ْﺪ ﹶﻥ ﺍ َﻷ ْﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺩ َﻭﻳُ َﺪﺑﱢﺮْ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟُﺒﻴُﻮﺕَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﻌ ِﻄ َ‬ ‫ﺤ َﺪﺛﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬

‫ﺤ َﺮ ﹾﻓ َﻦ َﻭﺭَﺍ َﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﱠ ْﻴﻄﹶﺎﻥِ‪16 .‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﻟﻤُﺆْ ِﻣ ﹴﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﻣُﺆْ ِﻣَﻨ ٍﺔ ﹶﺃﺭَﺍ ِﻣﻞﹸ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠُﻴﺴَﺎ ِﻋ ْﺪ ُﻫﻦﱠ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ُﻳﹶﺜﻘﱠ ﹾﻞ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﻀﻬُﻦﱠ ﹶﻗ ِﺪ ﺍْﻧ َ‬ ‫َﺑ ْﻌ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻘِﻴ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﹶﺃﺭَﺍ ِﻣﻞﹸ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﺔِ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ُﺗﺴَﺎ ِﻋ َﺪ ِﻫ َﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﱠﻮَﺍﺗِﻰ ُﻫﻦﱠ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨﹺﻴ َ‬

‫ع‪ :3‬ﺃﻜﺭﻡ ‪ :‬ﺇﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﺭﺍﻤل ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻭﻟﻬﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻭﺠﻪ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻨﻅﺭ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻟﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :4‬ﻴﻁﺎﻟﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺘﺭﻤﻠﺕ ﺃﻤﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺠﺩﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺒﺈﻋﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﻁﻔﻭﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﺼﺒﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻋﺎﺠﺯﺓ ﻋﻥ ﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺴﺒﺏ ﻜﺒﺭ ﺴﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﻭﺠﻭﺩ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻭﻟﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺠﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻬﺎ ﺭﺩًﺍ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻋﺎﻨﺘﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺘﻌﺎﺏ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺭﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺇﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻌل ﺫﻟﻙ ﻴﻔﻌل ﺃﻤﺭًﺍ ﺼﺎﻟﺤًﺎ ﻭﻤﺤﺒﺒًﺎ ﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :5‬ﺍﺸﺘﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻴﻤﻥ ﺘﻘﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺒﺈﻋﺎﻨﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺤﻔﺎﺩ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﻭﻥ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺩ ﻭﻀﻌﺕ ﺭﺠﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﻥ ﻫﻭ ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻕ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻭل‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺅﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻴﺘﺭﻜﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻭﺤﻴﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﻭﺍﻅﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻁﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻠﻭﺍﺕ ﺒﻼ ﺍﻨﻘﻁﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻬﻤﻜﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻻ ﻟﺯﻭﻡ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺘﻨﺸﻐل ﻋﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺒﻤﺜل‬

‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻓﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻤﻭﺕ ﺭﻭﺤﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪473‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سو ِل األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬

‫ﻉ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﺼﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤل ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻓﻰ ﻴﻘﻅﺔ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺔ ﻭﺘﺒﺘﻌﺩﻥ‬ ‫ع‪ :7‬ﻤﻁﻠﻭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻜﺭﺍ ﹴ‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8‬ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ ﻤﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻨﺤﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﺩﺘﻪ ﺃﻭﺠﺩﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﻤﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻨﻤﺎ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺌﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺴﻊ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻁﻴﻥ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﺴﺭﺘﻪ ﺃﻯ ﺃﻫل ﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻴﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺤﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﺒﻬﻡ ﻭﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﺃﻫل ﺒﻴﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻻ ﻴﺴﻠﻙ ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﺩ ﺃﻨﻜﺭ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴًﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻭ ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺃﺴﻭﺃ ﺤﺎﻻ ﻤﻥ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻨﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻭﺜﻨﻰ ﻴﻘﻭﻡ ﺒﻤﺜل ﻫﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻭﺠﺒﺎﺕ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺃﻫﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﻗﺎﺭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :10 ،9‬ﺤﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻤﺔ ﻻﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﻤﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻤﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﻻ ﻴﻘل ﻋﻤﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻥ ﺴﺘﻴﻥ ﺴﻨﺔ ‪ :‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ ﻴﻌﺜﺭ ﺃﺤﺩ ﺒﺘﻨﻘﻼﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﻴﻥ ﺒﻴﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺩﻭﻤﻴﻥ‬

‫ﻭﻤﺭﺍﻓﻘﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺯﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺒﻌﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻤﺭﺃﺓ ﺭﺠل ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ‪ :‬ﻓﻼ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻗﺩ ﺴﺒﻕ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻭﺍﺤﺩ ﻜﺩﻟﻴل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻭﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻭ ﻨﻔﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻊ ﻤﻊ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ ﻭﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﺸﻬﻭﺩًﺍ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ‪ :‬ﻤﺸﻬﻭﺩ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻤﻤﺎﺭﺴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﻔﻀﺎﺌل‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﺭﺘﺒﺎﻁﻬﺎ ﺒﺎﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻴّﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﺩل ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺏ ﻤﺘﺴﻊ ﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﻰ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺭﺒﱠﺕ ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ‪ :‬ﻅﻬﺭﺕ ﺃﻤﻭﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻯ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻡ ﻴﻜﻥ ﻟﻬﺎ ﺃﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ ﺒﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻀﺎﻓﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺭﺒﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺕ ﺒﻤﻥ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻴﻘﻴﻤﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺤﺒﺕ ﺒﺄﻯ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻏﺭﻴﺏ ﻋﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻪ ﻭﺘﺩﺒﻴﺭ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻏﺴﻠﺕ ﺃﺭﺠل ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻏﺴل ﺃﺭﺠل ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻜﺎﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﺩﻴﻤًﺎ ﻋﻨﺩ ﺩﺨﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺤﻴﺙ‬

‫ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﺃﺭﺠﻠﻬﻡ ﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺭﺍﺏ ﺃﺜﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻰ ﺒﺄﺤﺫﻴﺔ ﻤﻔﺘﻭﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻓﻘﻁ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﻜل‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺒﺎﺘﻀﺎﻉ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﺒﺩﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﺩﻤﺎﺕ ﺤﻘﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺘﻨﻅﻴﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻜل ﻤﺤﺘﺎﺝ‬

‫ﻭﻤﺭﻴﺽ ﻭﻁﺭﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺭﺍﺵ‪.‬‬

‫ﺴﺎﻋﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻀﺎﻴﻘﻴﻥ ‪ :‬ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺸﺎﻜل ﺃﻭ ﺴﺠﻭﻥ ﺒﺴﺩ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﻭﺘﺸﺠﻴﻌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﺘﺒﻌﺕ ﻜل ﻋﻤل ﺼﺎﻟﺢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺕ ﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪474‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :12 ،11‬ﺒﻁﺭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ‪ :‬ﺍﻨﺸﻐﻠﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺘﻜﺭﻴﺱ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻴﺨﺸﻰ ﺃﻨﻪ ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻜﺭﻴﺱ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻬﻥ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺘﻌﺩﻥ ﻓﺘﺭﺩﻥ ﺍﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﻘﺽ ﻋﻬﺩﻫﻥ ﻭﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺼﺒﺤﻥ ﻤﺨﻁﺌﺎﺕ ﻭﻤﺩﺍﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﺭﺠﻭﻋﻬﻥ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻬﺩﻫﻥ ﺍﻷﻭل ﺒﻌﺩ ﺘﻌﻬﺩﻫﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻜﺭﻴﺱ ﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :13‬ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻨﺸﻐﺎل ﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﻥ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻨﻘﻠﻥ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺒﻴﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺁﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﻤﻜﺜﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺙ ﻋﻥ ﺃﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻴﻘﻀﻴﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﺎ ﻁﻭﻴﻼ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺯل‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :15 ،14‬ﺃﺭﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻴﺘﺯﻭﺠﻥ ﺒﺩﻻ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻁﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﻋﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﻨﺸﻐﺎل‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺨﺩﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺩﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻭﻴﺭﻋﻴﻥ ﺃﻁﻔﺎﻟﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻤﻨﻭﻋﺎ ﺒل ﻫﻭ ﺤﺼﻥ ﻟﻬﻥ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻴُﺘﺭَﻙ ﻤﺠﺎل ﻟﻠﺸﻴﻁﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺩﻴﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺒﺴﺒﺒﻬﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻻ ﻴﻬﺎﻥ ﺒﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤل‪ ،‬ﺒل ﺒﺒﻁﺎﻟﺘﻬﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﺭﺍﻏﻬﻥ ﺍﻟﺩﺍﺨﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻤﻥ ﻻ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺸﻐل ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺘﺭﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺨﺩﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻓﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﻤﻌﺭﻀﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻨﺼﺭﻑ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺒﺎﻟﺴﻘﻭﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺃﻓﻀل ﺘﻌﻔﻔﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺭﻤل‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻤﻌﻨﻰ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺯﻭﺍﺝ ﺍﻷﺭﺍﻤل ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺒﺎﺕ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻔﻑ ﻭﺍﻻﻨﺸﻐﺎل ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻓﻀل‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :16‬ﻴﻌﻭﺩ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻟﻴﺅﻜﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺯﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺌﻼﺕ ﺒﺄﺭﺍﻤﻠﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺒﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺘﻰ ﻟﻴﺱ ﻟﻬﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻭﻟﻬﻥ‪ ،‬ﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺘﺘﺭﻙ ﺃﻤﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻬﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻴﻌﻭﻟﻬﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻰ ﺃﻴﺩﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺒﻬﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻴﺘﻙ ﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺒﻙ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎ ﺒل ﺒﺎﻷﺤﺭﻯ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻬﺘﻡ ﺒﺨﻼﺹ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺤﻭﻟﻙ ﻭﺘﺩﻋﻭﻫﻡ ﻟﺤﻀﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺎﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻭﺘﺼﻠﻰ ﻷﺠﻠﻬﻡ ﺩﺍﺌﻤﺎ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬إعالة الكھنة ومحاكمتھم وسيامتھم مع وصية خاصة لتيموثاوس )ع‪-17‬‬ ‫‪:(25‬‬ ‫ﻼ ِﻟ ﹶﻜﺮَﺍ َﻣ ٍﺔ ُﻣﻀَﺎ َﻋ ﹶﻔﺔٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ِﺳﻴﱠﻤَﺎ ﺍﻟﱠ ِﺬﻳ َﻦ َﻳ ْﺘ َﻌﺒُﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِـﻰ‬ ‫ﺴﺒُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﻫ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺥ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤ َﺪﺑﱢﺮُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺣَﺴَﻨًﺎ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠﻴُ ْ‬ ‫‪17‬ﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﱡﻴُﻮ ُ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱞ ﺃﹸ ْﺟ َﺮَﺗﻪُ‪«.‬‬ ‫ﺴَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ َﻳﻘﹸﻮﻝﹸ‪ » :‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ﹸﻜﻢﱠ ﺛﹶﻮْﺭًﺍ ﺩَﺍ ﹺﺭﺳًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎ ِﻋﻞﹸ ﻣُ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﻠ َﻤ ِﺔ ﻭَﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻌﻠِﻴﻢﹺ‪َ 18 ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜﺘَﺎ َ‬

‫‪475‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سو ِل األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬

‫ﺨ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﻄﺌﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‪َ ،‬ﻭﺑﱢ ْ‬ ‫ﻼﹶﺛ ِﺔ ُﺷﻬُﻮﺩٍ‪20 .‬ﹶﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻳُ ْ‬ ‫ﺦ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻻﱠ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﺷَﺎ ِﻫ َﺪْﻳ ﹺﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹶﺛ ﹶ‬ ‫‪ 19‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ﹾﻘَﺒ ﹾﻞ ِﺷﻜﹶﺎَﻳ ﹰﺔ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ َﺷ ْﻴ ﹴ‬ ‫ﻼِﺋ ﹶﻜ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭَﺍﻟﺮﱠﺏﱢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﲔ ﺧَﻮْﻑٌ‪21 .‬ﹸﺃﻧَﺎ ِﺷﺪُ َﻙ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺠﻤِﻴ ﹺﻊ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ َﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻋ ْﻨ َﺪ ﺍﹾﻟﺒَﺎ ِﻗ َ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺠ ﹶﻠﺔِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻀ ْﻊ َﻳﺪًﺍ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٍﺪ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َﻌ َ‬ ‫ﻆ ﻫَﺬﹶﺍ ﹺﺑﺪُﻭ ِﻥ ﹶﻏ َﺮﺽﹴ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْﻌ َﻤ ﹶﻞ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﹺﺑﻤُﺤَﺎﺑَﺎﺓٍ‪ 22 .‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﻔ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺨﺘَﺎﺭﹺﻳ َﻦ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟﻤُ ْ‬

‫ﻚ ﻃﹶﺎ ِﻫﺮًﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﻆ َﻧ ﹾﻔ َ‬ ‫ﺸَﺘ ﹺﺮ ْﻙ ﻓِﻰ َﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ ﺍﻵ َﺧﺮﹺﻳﻦَ‪ِ .‬ﺍ ْﺣ ﹶﻔ ﹾ‬ ‫َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﺗ ْ‬

‫ﲑ ِﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﻚ َﻭﹶﺃ ْﺳﻘﹶﺎ ِﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹶﺃ ْﺟ ﹺﻞ َﻣ ِﻌ َﺪِﺗ َ‬ ‫‪ 23‬ﹶﻻ َﺗ ﹸﻜ ْﻦ ﻓِﻰ ﻣَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌﺪُ ﺷَﺮﱠﺍﺏَ ﻣَﺎﺀٍ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹺﻞ ﺍ ْﺳَﺘ ْﻌ ِﻤ ﹾﻞ َﺧ ْﻤﺮًﺍ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴ ﹰ‬

‫ﻚ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‬ ‫ﺾ ﹶﻓَﺘ ْﺘَﺒﻌُﻬُﻢْ‪ 25 .‬ﹶﻛ ﹶﺬِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹲﺔ َﺗَﺘ ﹶﻘﺪﱠﻡُ ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﻀَﺎﺀِ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﹾﻟَﺒ ْﻌ ُ‬ ‫ﺿَ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫‪َ 24‬ﺧﻄﹶﺎﻳَﺎ َﺑ ْﻌ ﹺ‬

‫ﻚ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﻤ ِﻜﻦُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ُﺗﺨْﻔﻰ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻼﻑُ ﹶﺫِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﺔﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ِﻫ َﻰ ِﺧ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺿَ‬ ‫ﺤﺔﹸ ﻭَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ْﻋﻤَﺎﻝﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺎِﻟ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :17‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻭﺥ ‪ :‬ﺘﺭﺠﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻫﻨﺎ "ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﻠﺘﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﺒﺴﺩ ﺍﻹﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ ﻟﻶﺒﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻴﺘﻔﺭﻏﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﻜﺭﺍﺯﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﺭﺘﺒﻜﻭﺍ ﺒﻀﺭﻭﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ ﻴﺩﻴﺭﻭﻥ ﺸﺌﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ ﻷﺠل ﺨﻼﺼﻬﻡ‪،‬‬

‫ﻴﺠﺏ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺤﺭﻤﻭﺍ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻭﺍل ﻨﺼﻴﺒﻬﻡ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻻﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻟﻴﻌﻴﺸﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺘﺭﻑ ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻟﺘﻜﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :18‬ﺠﺎﺀﺕ ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻔﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻨﻴﺔ )ﺘﺙ‪ ،(4 :25‬ﻓﻬﻰ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺘﺸﺒﻴﻬﻴﺔ ﺘﻘﻭل ﺃﻨﻪ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﺴﺤﺏ ﺍﻟﺜﻭﺭ ﺁﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺩﺭﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻜﻤﻡ ﻓﻤﻪ ﻟﻴﺘﻤﻜﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻤﻸ ﺒﻁﻨﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺘﻌﺒﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻫﻜﺫﺍ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻤﻥ ﺤﻘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺘﹸﺴَﺩ ﺤﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﺔ ﺒﻭﺍﺴﻁﺔ ﻤﻥ ﻴﺨﺩﻤﻬﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻘﺘﺒﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺩﺩ ﻗﻭل ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻰ )ﻟﻭ‪ (7 :10‬ﺃﻥ "ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋل ﻤﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﺃﺠﺭﺘﻪ"‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﺸﻴﺦ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺼﻭﺩ ﺒﻪ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺴﻭﻴﺔ ﺃﻟﺯﻤﺕ ﻋﺩﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﻨﺔ ﺇﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺸﺎﻫﺩﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺜﻼﺜﺔ ﺸﻬﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﻴﻨﺒﻐﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺴﻘﻑ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺘﺴﺭﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻯ ﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻭﻴﻔﺤﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻭﻯ ﺠﻴﺩﺍﹰ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﻴﻁﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺒﺨﺼﻭﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺜﺒﺘﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻡ ﺍﻹﺘﻬﺎﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﺎ ﺨﻁﻭﺭﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻴﻭﺒﺨﻬﻡ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺤﻔﻅﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺴﻼﻤﺔ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪476‬‬

‫اح َ‬ ‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫الخا ِم ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﻨﻅﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﻜﺎﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻫﻥ ﻭﺘﺄﺜﻴﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﺏ‪ ،‬ﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻵﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺼﺩﺭ ﺤﻜﻤﺎ ﻴﺸﻭﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺎﺒﺎﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﻨﺤﻴﺎﺯ ﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺤﺴﺎﺏ‬

‫ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺒﻐﺭﺽ ﺘﺤﻘﻴﻕ ﺃﻫﻭﺍﺀ ﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :22‬ﻴﻨﺼﺤﻪ ﺃﻻ ﻴﺭﺴﻡ ﻜﺎﻫﻨﺎ ﺒﺘﺴﺭﻉ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻴﻔﺤﺼﻪ ﺠﻴﺩﺍ ﻷﻨﻪ ﻤﺴﺌﻭل ﻋﻥ ﺴﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﻜل ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﻴﺭﺴﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺘﻌﺜﺭ ﺁﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﻓﻬﻭ ﻴﺸﺘﺭﻙ ﺒﺴﻴﺎﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻬﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺤﻔﻅ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻁﺎﻫﺭًﺍ‪ ،‬ﺒﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻻﺸﺘﺭﺍﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺭ ﻤﻨﺎﺴﺒﻴﻥ ﻟﺩﺭﺠﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺤﺘﺭﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺭﻉ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻜﻤﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ ﺨﺎﺼﺔ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﺫﻭﻯ ﻤﺭﻜﺯ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻤﺴﺌﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻜﺒﻴﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﻻ ﻴﺨﺼﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺘﺘﺩﺨل ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﺨﺫ‬ ‫ﻤﻭﻗﻔﺎ ﻭﻗﺭﺍﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻓﺤﺹ ﺍﻷﻤﺭ ﺠﻴﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﺘﺴﻨﺩﻙ ﻭﺘﺭﺸﺩﻙ ﻟﻠﻔﻜﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :23‬ﻤﺭﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻟﻅﺭﻭﻑ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺭﻓﻘﺎ ﻤﻥ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺭﻴﺽ‪ ،‬ﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺒﺸﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻤﺭ ﻜﻌﻼﺝ ﻭﻟﻴﺱ ﻜﻤﺯﺍﺝ‪ .‬ﻭﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﺒﻭﺓ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻤﻪ ﺒﺎﺒﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺱ ﻓﻘﻁ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺎﺕ ﺒل ﻭﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﺍﻟﺠﺴﺩﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :25 ،24‬ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ‪ :‬ﻴﻌﺭﻓﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺘﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ‪ :‬ﺘﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺽ ﻓﺘﺘﺒﻌﻬﻡ ‪ :‬ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻟﻴﺴﺕ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻭﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﻴﺩﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻴﺼﻠﺤﻭﻥ ﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺩ ﺍﺨﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻴﻭﺼﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺒﺄﻻ ﻴﺭﺴﻡ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻅﺎﻫﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺘﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎﻫﻡ ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﻤﺨﻔﻴﺔ ﻓﻰ ﻗﻠﻭﺒﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻙ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺘﺩﻗﻴﻕ ﻓﻰ ﻓﺤﺼﻬﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻀﺤﺔ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺼﺎﻟﺤﺔ ﻴﺨﺘﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﻨﻭﺕ ﺃﻤﺎ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺸﺭﻴﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﺭﻓﻀﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪477‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سو ِل األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴــﻠـﻮﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﺴـﻴﺤﻰ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬إرشادات للعبيد )ع‪:(2 ،1‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﹺﺇ ﹾﻛﺮَﺍﻡﹴ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌﻼﱠ ُﻳ ﹾﻔَﺘﺮَﻯ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ‬ ‫ﺤﻘﱢ َ‬ ‫ﺴﺒُﻮﺍ ﺳَﺎ َﺩَﺗﻬُ ْﻢ ﻣُﺴَْﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﲑ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﻠﹾَﻴﺤْ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹺﻧ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺤ َ‬ ‫‪َ 1‬ﺟﻤِﻴ ُﻊ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ُﻫ ْﻢ َﻋﺒﹺﻴ ٌﺪ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺨ ِﺪﻣُﻮ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﺃﹶﻛﹾﺜﹶﺮَ‪َ ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ‬ ‫ﺴَﺘﻬﹺﻴﻨُﻮﺍ ﹺﺑ ﹺﻬ ْﻢ َﻷﻧﱠ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﹺﺇ ْﺧ َﻮﺓﹲ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻟِﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﷲ َﻭَﺗ ْﻌﻠِﻴ ِﻤﻪِ‪2 .‬ﻭَﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ ﹶﻟ ُﻬ ْﻢ ﺳَﺎﺩَﺓﹲ ُﻣ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮ ﹶﻥ‪ ،‬ﹶﻻ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺍ ْﺳ ﹺﻢ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻆ ﹺﺑ َﻬﺬﹶﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳﻦَ َﻳَﺘﺸَﺎ َﺭﻛﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎِﺋ َﺪ ِﺓ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻣُ ْﺆ ِﻣﻨُﻮ ﹶﻥ َﻭ َﻣﺤْﺒُﻮﺑُﻮ ﹶﻥ؛ َﻋﻠﱢ ْﻢ َﻭ ِﻋ ﹾ‬ ‫ع‪ :1‬ﻨﻴﺭ ‪ :‬ﺨﺸﺒﺔ ﺘﻭﻀﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻗﺒﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻭﺍﻨﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺠﺭﺍﻥ ﺍﻵﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺯﺭﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﺭﻤﺯ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻌﺒﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺩ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺴﻠﻁﺎﻥ ﺴﺎﺩﺘﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺒﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻬﺎﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻨﻅﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺎﻟﺞ ﻤﺸﻜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺒﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﻌﻨﻭﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺩ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﺭﺸﺎﺩ‬

‫ﻟﻬﻡ ﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺘﻘﻭﻴﺔ ﺘﺭﻓﻊ ﻨﻔﻭﺴﻬﻡ ﻓﻭﻕ ﻜل ﻨﻴﺭ ﻤﺎﺩﻯ ﺃﻭ ﻨﻔﺴﻰ ﻓﻴﻌﻴﺸﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻁﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﺴﻴﺎﺩﻫﻡ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻻ‬

‫ﻴﻌﻁﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻴﻠﻌﻨﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﺠﺩﻴﺩ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻴﻌﺒﺩﻭﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :2‬ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺒﻕ ﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻋﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺩ ﺒﺴﺎﺩﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ‬

‫ﻴﺘﺤﺩﺙ ﻋﻥ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺩ ﺒﺴﺎﺩﺍﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺤﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻴﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻘﺩﻴﻡ ﺍﻹﻜﺭﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻤل ﻟﻬﻡ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺨﻭّﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺘﻌﻨﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺴﻠﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ ﻤﻤﻥ ﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻜﻌﺒﻴﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻨﺨﺩﻤﻬﻡ‬

‫ﺒﺄﻜﺜﺭ ﺍﺠﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺃﻤﺎﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺸﺎﺭﻜﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺒﺭﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻭﻓﻰ ﺸﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺩﺴﺔ ﻫﻡ‬ ‫ﻤﺅﻤﻨﻭﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﻭﺒﻭﻥ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﺠﺒﻭﻥ ﻟﻜل ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﻭﺘﻘﺩﻴﺭ ﻤﻥ ﺠﺎﻨﺒﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻠﻡ ﻭﻴﻌﻅ‬

‫ﺒﻬﺫﻩ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺭ ﻟﺘﺘﺭﺠﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻴﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺘﻁﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺴﻠﻭﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻫﺘﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻜﺭﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺅﺴﺎﺀ ﺴﻭﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﻭﺍ ﻤﺘﺴﻠﻁﻴﻥ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻤﻐﺭﻀﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻤﺤﺒﺘﻙ ﻭﻁﻭل ﺃﻨﺎﺘﻙ ﺘﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻜل‪ .‬ﻜﻥ ﺃﻤﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻙ‪ ،‬ﻤﺨﻠﺼﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺘﻙ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺃﺠل ﺍﷲ ﻤﻬﻤﺎ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻘﺩﻡ ﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺼﻭﺭﺓ ﺤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﺘﻤﺠﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺴﻡ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (2‬التقوى والقناعة )ع‪:(10-3‬‬

‫‪478‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺤﺔﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍﻟﺘﱠﻌْﻠِﻴ َﻢ‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﱠﺤِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺭَﺑﱢﻨَﺎ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫‪3‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ﻳُ َﻌﻠﱢﻢُ َﺗ ْﻌﻠِﻴﻤًﺎ ﺁ َﺧﺮَ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ﻳُﻮﺍ ِﻓﻖُ ﹶﻛ ِﻠﻤَﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺕ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻣُﻤَﺎ َﺣﻜﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺼﻠﱠﻒَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻫُ َﻮ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﻔ َﻬﻢُ َﺷ ْﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪َ ،‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ﻫُ َﻮ ﻣَُﺘ َﻌﻠﱢ ﹲﻞ ﹺﺑﻤُﺒَﺎﺣَﺜﹶﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﻘﻮَﻯ‪ 4 ،‬ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ْﺪ َﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺴ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﻫُ َﻮ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓﹶﺎ ِﺳﺪِﻯ‬ ‫ﺨﺼَﺎﻡُ ﻭَﺍﻻ ﹾﻓِﺘﺮَﺍ ُﺀ ﻭَﺍﻟﻈﱡﻨُﻮﻥﹸ ﺍﻟﺮﱠ ِﺩﻳﱠﺔﹸ‪َ 5 ،‬ﻭﻣُﻨَﺎ َﺯﻋَﺎﺕُ ﹸﺃﻧَﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺴﺪُ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﺤﺼُﻞﹸ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ِﻣ ْﻨﻬَﺎ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬

‫ﺠﻨﱠ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻖﱢ‪َ ،‬ﻳ ﹸﻈﻨﱡﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻥﱠ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﻘﻮَﻯ ﺗِﺠَﺎﺭَﺓﹲ‪َ .‬ﺗ َ‬ ‫ﺐ ِﻣ ﹾﺜ ﹶﻞ َﻫﺆُ ﹶﻻﺀِ‪6 .‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﻘﻮَﻯ َﻣ َﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﻨَﺎ َﻋ ِﺔ ﹶﻓ ﹺﻬ َﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﱢ ْﻫ ﹺﻦ َﻭﻋَﺎ ِﺩﻣِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻰﺀٍ‪ 8 .‬ﹶﻓﹺﺈ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻟﹶﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﺝ ِﻣ ْﻨﻪُ ﹺﺑ َ‬ ‫ﺨﺮُ َ‬ ‫ﺸ ْﻰﺀٍ‪ ،‬ﻭَﻭَﺍﺿِﺢٌ ﺃﹶﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻻ َﻧ ﹾﻘ ِﺪﺭُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻧ ْ‬ ‫ﺗِﺠَﺎﺭَﺓﹲ َﻋﻈِﻴ َﻤﺔﹲ‪7 ،‬ﻷَﻧﱠﻨَﺎ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻧ ْﺪﺧُ ﹺﻞ ﺍﹾﻟﻌَﺎﹶﻟ َﻢ ﹺﺑ َ‬

‫ﺠ ﹺﺮَﺑ ٍﺔ َﻭ ﹶﻓﺦﱟ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﻘﻄﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻰ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﻒ ﹺﺑ ﹺﻬﻤَﺎ‪َ 9 .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣﱠﺎ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻳ َﻦ ﻳُﺮﹺﻳﺪُﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻏﹺﻨﻴَﺎ َﺀ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓَﻴ ْ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻮ ﹲﺓ ﹶﻓ ﹾﻠَﻨ ﹾﻜَﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﻗﹸﻮﺕٌ َﻭ ِﻛ ْ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻬ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌ ﹶﻄ ﹺ‬ ‫ﲑ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﹶﻏﹺﺒﻴﱠ ٍﺔ َﻭﻣُ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫َﻭ َﺷ َﻬﻮَﺍ ٍ‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻤَﺎ ﹺﻝ ﺃﹶﺻْﻞﹲ ِﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱢ‬ ‫ﻼﻙِ‪َ 10 ،‬ﻷﻥﱠ َﻣ َ‬ ‫ﻀﺮﱠ ٍﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗُ َﻐﺮﱢﻕُ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ َ‬ ‫ﲑﺓٍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﹶﻛِﺜ َ‬ ‫ﺴﻬُ ْﻢ ﹺﺑﹶﺄ ْﻭﺟَﺎ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺿﻠﱡﻮﺍ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻃ َﻌﻨُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃْﻧﻔﹸ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﱡﺮُﻭﺭﹺ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ِﺫ ﺍْﺑَﺘﻐَﺎ ُﻩ ﻗﹶﻮْﻡٌ‪َ ،‬‬ ‫ع‪ :5-3‬ﺘﺼﻠﻑ ‪ :‬ﺘﻜﺒﺭ‪.‬‬

‫ﻤﻤﺎﺤﻜﺎﺕ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺴﺘﻤﺭﺍﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺯﺍﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﻴﻬﺎﺠﻡ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﻴﺘﺭﻜﻭﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﻴﻨﺎﺩﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺒﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﻏﺭﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺅﻻﺀ ﻗﺩ ﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺠﻬل ﻭﺃﻴﻀًﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺠﺩﺍل ﻭﻨﺯﺍﻉ‬

‫ﻴﻭﻟﺩ ﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺤﺴﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻅﻨﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﺩﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺒل ﻭﻴﺼل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺏ ﻭﺍﻹﻓﺘﺭﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻯ ﻴﺒﻌﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺏ ﻭﻴﻘﺴﱢﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺅﻻﺀ ﺒﻤﺒﺎﺤﺜﺎﺘﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺴﺩﺓ‬

‫ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ ﺴﺘﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺠﺭﺓ ﺒﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻜﺴﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﺭﺍﻜﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻭﻴﺒﻌﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﺤﺫﱢﺭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻹﻀﻁﺭﺍﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻤل ﻤﻌﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :6‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻅﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻤﻊ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺘﺴﺘﻠﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻹﻜﺘﻔﺎﺀ ﺒﻤﺎ ﺃﻨﻌﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺒﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺎﺩﻴﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻫﺫﻩ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻯ ﻁﻠﺏ ﺨﻼﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :8 ،7‬ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻭﻟﺩ ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻴﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﻌﻪ ﻤﺎل‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﻴﻤﻭﺕ ﻻ ﻴﺄﺨﺫ ﻤﻌﻪ ﺸﻴﺌﺎ ﻤﺎﺩﻴًﺎ‬

‫ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل ﺃﻴﻭﺏ )ﺃﻯ ‪ .(21 :1‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻴﺩﻋﻭﻨﺎ ﻟﻌﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻕ ﺒﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺒل ﺒﺎﻟﺘﻘﻭﻯ ﻭﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺒﺎﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﻟﻺﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﻴﺎﺠﺎﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﺭﻭﺭﻴﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﻁﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻠﺒﺱ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻜﻔﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﻨﺸﻐل ﺒﻬﺩﻓﻪ ﺃﻯ ﺒﺨﻼﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪479‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سو ِل األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬

‫ع‪ :9‬ﺍﻟﻌﻁﺏ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻨﺏ ﺍﻵﺨﺭ‪ ،‬ﻴﺤﺫﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺅﻤﻨﻴﻥ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻭﺍﺸﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺫﺍ ﻴﻌﺭﻀﻬﻡ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ ﺘﺅﺩﻯ ﺒﻬﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﻼﻙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻓﻰ ﺴﻌﻴﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻐﻨﻰ ﻴﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻭﻥ ﻁﺭﻕ ﺨﺎﻁﺌﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺘﻌﺭﻀﻭﻥ ﻟﻠﻜﺒﺭﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻜﺜﺭ ﻤﻥ ﻫﺫﺍ ﻴﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻤﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﻷﻤﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ‬ ‫ﺘﻭﻟﱢﺩ ﺸﺭﻭﺭًﺍ ﻜﺜﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺇﻴﻤﺎﻨﻪ ﻷﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﺃﺼﺒﺤﺕ ﻫﺩﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﺫﻟﻙ ﺘﺘﻌﺫﺏ‬ ‫ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻜﺜﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﻁﺎﻴﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻜﻠﻪ ﺘﺤﺕ ﻗﺩﻤﻴﻙ ﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻪ ﻜﻤﺎ ﺘﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻥ ﺍﺤﺘﺭﺱ ﻤﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺴﻴﻁﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻙ‬ ‫‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻴﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻫﻭ ﻫﺩﻓﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻭ ﺘﺤﺕ ﺍﺴﻡ ﺭﻓﻊ ﻤﺴﺘﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻴﺸﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺠﻬﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺩﻴﺜﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻨﻙ ﺒﻬﺫﺍ ﺘﻨﺸﻐل ﻋﻥ ﻫﺩﻓﻙ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺘﺘﻨﺎﺯل ﺘﺩﺭﻴﺠﻴﺎ ﻋﻥ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (3‬جھاد أوالد ﷲ )ع‪:(16-11‬‬ ‫ﺤﺒﱠ ﹶﺔ ﻭَﺍﻟﺼﱠ ْﺒ َﺮ‬ ‫ﺏ ِﻣ ْﻦ َﻫﺬﹶﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍْﺗَﺒ ﹺﻊ ﺍﹾﻟﹺﺒﺮﱠ ﻭَﺍﻟﺘﱠ ﹾﻘﻮَﻯ ﻭَﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ َ‬ ‫ﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺎ ْﻫ ُﺮ ْ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻳَﺎ ﹺﺇْﻧﺴَﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫‪11‬ﻭَﺃﹶﻣﱠﺎ ﹶﺃْﻧ َ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃْﻳﻀًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭَﺍ ْﻋَﺘ َﺮ ﹾﻓ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪﻳﱠ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻰ ﹺﺇﹶﻟ ْﻴﻬَﺎ ُﺩﻋِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ ْ‬ ‫ﺴﻦَ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ْﻣ ِ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻮﺩَﺍ َﻋﺔﹶ‪12 .‬ﺟَﺎ ِﻫ ْﺪ ﹺﺟﻬَﺎ َﺩ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‬ ‫ﺢ َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﹺﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜﻞﱠ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴ ﹺ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ُﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ َﻦ ﹶﺃﻣَﺎ َﻡ ُﺷﻬُﻮ ٍﺩ ﹶﻛِﺜﲑﹺﻳﻦَ‪13 .‬ﺃﹸﻭﺻِﻴ َ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻻ ْﻋِﺘﺮَﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺲ َﻭ ﹶﻻ ﹶﻟ ْﻮ ﹴﻡ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﹸﻇﻬُﻮ ﹺﺭ ﺭَﺑﱢﻨَﺎ‬ ‫ﻼ َﺩَﻧ ﹴ‬ ‫ﺻﻴﱠ ﹶﺔ ﹺﺑ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻆ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﻔ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺴﻦﹺ‪14 :‬ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﺗ ْ‬ ‫ﺤَ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟُﺒ ْﻨ ِﻄﻰﱢ ﺑﹺﺎﻻ ْﻋِﺘﺮَﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻼﻃﹸ َ‬ ‫َﺷ ﹺﻬ َﺪ ﹶﻟﺪَﻯ ﺑﹺﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤﺴِﻴﺢﹺ‪15 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﺳﻴَُﺒﻴﱢﻨُﻪُ ﻓِﻰ ﹶﺃ ْﻭﻗﹶﺎِﺗ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟﻤُﺒَﺎ َﺭﻙُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﺰﹺﻳ ُﺰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮﺣِﻴﺪُ‪َ ،‬ﻣ ِﻠﻚُ ﺍﹾﻟ ُﻤﻠﹸﻮ ِﻙ َﻭ َﺭﺏﱡ ﺍ َﻷ ْﺭﺑَﺎﺏﹺ‪،‬‬ ‫َﻳﺴُﻮ َ‬ ‫ﺱ َﻭ ﹶﻻ َﻳ ﹾﻘ ِﺪﺭُ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫‪16‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻭ ْﺣ َﺪﻩُ ﹶﻟﻪُ َﻋ َﺪﻡُ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻤ ْﻮﺕِ‪ ،‬ﺳَﺎ ِﻛﻨًﺎ ﻓِﻰ ﻧُﻮ ﹴﺭ ﹶﻻ ﻳُ ْﺪﻧَﻰ ِﻣ ْﻨﻪُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻟ ْﻢ َﻳ َﺮﻩُ ﹶﺃ َﺣ ٌﺪ ِﻣ َﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱠﺎ ﹺ‬ ‫َﻳﺮَﺍﻩُ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ ﹶﻟﻪُ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﺮَﺍ َﻣﺔﹸ ﻭَﺍﹾﻟﻘﹸ ْﺪ َﺭﺓﹸ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪﻳﱠﺔﹸ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :11‬ﺍﻹﻨﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻴﻬﺭﺏ ﻤﻥ ﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل ﻭﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻬﺘﻡ‬

‫ﺒﺎﻗﺘﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺌل ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺴﺎﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻰ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﻤﺭﺍﺤﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻫﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺩﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺭﺌﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﺤﺘﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﻭﺍﻵﻻﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﺘﺼﻑ‬ ‫ﺒﻭﺩﺍﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻋﺭ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺭﻑ ﻨﺤﻭ ﺍﻵﺨﺭﻴﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :12‬ﻴﺩﻋﻭ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻟﻠﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﺎﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺃﻋﻠﻨﻪ ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺨﺩﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜﻤل ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﻟﺭﻭﺤﻰ ﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪480‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ع‪ :14 ،13‬ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﻥ ‪ :‬ﻴﺸﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﺠﺎﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺒﻴﻼﻁﺱ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺴﺄﻟﻪ ‪" :‬ﺃﻓﺄﻨﺕ ﺇﺫﹰﺍ ﻤﻠﻙ" )ﻴﻭ‪ (37 :18‬ﻗﺎل ‪" :‬ﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻗﺩ ﻭﻟﺩﺕ"‪ ،‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻗﺎل ‪" :‬ﻭﻟﻬﺫﺍ ﻗﺩ ﺃﺘﻴﺕ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ ﻷﺸﻬﺩ ﻟﻠﺤﻕ"‪ .‬ﻜﺫﻟﻙ ﻋﻨﺩﻤﺎ ﺴﺄﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﺃﻓﺄﻨﺕ ﺍﺒﻥ ﺍﷲ؟" ﺃﺠﺎﺏ‪" :‬ﺃﻨﺘﻡ ﺘﻘﻭﻟﻭﻥ" )ﻟﻭ‪:22‬‬ ‫‪.(70‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫ ﻴﻭﺼﻰ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ ﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺨﻁﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻨﻪ ﻴﺸﻬﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﺏ ﻭﺍﻫﺏ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻤﻌﻁﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻤﺔ ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻤﻭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺒﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻴﺴﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻗﺩﻡ ﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻤﺜﺎﻻ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺤﻕ‬ ‫ﺃﻤﺎﻡ ﺒﻴﻼﻁﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻁﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻭﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻭﺼﻴﻪ ﺒﻬﺎ ﻫﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻭﺼﺎﻴﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻴﻌﻴﺵ ﺒﻼ ﺩﻨﺱ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﺨﻁﺎﺀ ﺘﻜﻭﻥ ﻤﺤل ﻟﻭﻡ ُﻴ َﻭﺠﱠﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﻟﺭﻋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻤﻥ ﻗﺒل ﺍﷲ ﻴﻭﻡ ﺍﻟﺩﻴﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻭﺼﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﻨﻔﺫ ﻫﺫﺍ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻨﻬﺎﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺤﺩﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺘﻡ ﺫﻟﻙ ﻓﻰ ﺤﻴﺎﺘﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :15‬ﻤﺠﺊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻨﻰ ﺴﻴﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻰ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻋﻴﻨﻪ ﺒﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻭﻑ‬ ‫ﻟﺩﻴﻪ ﻭﺤﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺯﻴﺯ ﺍﻟﻭﺤﻴﺩ ﻤﻠﻙ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻭﻙ ﻭﺭﺏ ﺍﻷﺭﺒﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﻴﻼﺤﻅ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺫﻜﻭﺭﺓ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻫﻰ ﻨﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻻﺒﻥ ﻜﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻓﻰ )ﺭﺅ‪ (16 :19 ،14 :17‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﺘﻅﻬﺭ‬ ‫ﻤﺠﺩﻩ ﻭﺴﻠﻁﺎﻨﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻜل ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻴﻘﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :16‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﻻ ﻴﺴﺘﻤﺩﻩ ﻤﻥ ﺃﺤﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻭﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻐﻠﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻜﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﻰ ﻨﻭﺭ ﻻ ﻴﺩﻨﻰ ﻤﻨﻪ ﺤﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺌﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻡ ﻴﺭﻩ ﺃﺤﺩ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻭﻫﺭﻩ ﻭﻻ ﻴﻘﺩﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻴﺭﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻨﻘﺩﻡ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺭﺍﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺭﺍﻑ ﺒﻘﺩﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺒﻬﺩﻓﻙ ﻭﻫﻭ ﺍﻷﺒﺩﻴﺔ ﺤﻴﺙ ﺘﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﺭﺅﻴﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﺸﺭﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ُﻴ َﻌﺒﱠﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ‬

‫ﺘﺘﻬﺎﻭﻥ ﻓﻰ ﺠﻬﺎﺩﻙ ﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺩﺍﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻭﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺭﺓ ﻷﻥ ﻋﻅﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ ﺘﺴﺘﺤﻕ ﻤﻨﻙ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺘﺘﻌﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻭﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜل ﺘﻌﺏ ﻻ ﻴﻘﺎﺱ ﺒﺄﻤﺠﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (4‬نصائح لألغنياء )ع‪:(19-17‬‬ ‫‪481‬‬

‫س‬ ‫س ال ﱠر ُ‬ ‫سو ِل األُولَى إِلَى تِي ُموثَا ُو َ‬ ‫سالَةُ بُولُ َ‬ ‫ِر َ‬

‫ﺿ ﹺﺮ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﹶﻻ ﻳَﺴْﺘَﻜﹾﺒﹺﺮُﻭﺍ‪َ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ُﻳ ﹾﻠﻘﹸﻮﺍ َﺭﺟَﺎ َﺀ ُﻫ ْﻢ ﻋَﻠﹶﻰ ﹶﻏ ْﻴ ﹺﺮ َﻳﻘِﻴﹺﻨﻴﱠ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻐﻨَﻰ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺹ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻏﹺﻨﻴَﺎ َﺀ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﱠ ْﻫ ﹺﺮ ﺍﹾﻟﺤَﺎ ِ‬ ‫‪17‬ﹶﺃ ْﻭ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼﺣًﺎ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳَﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻏﹺﻨﻴَﺎ َﺀ ﻓِﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﹶ‬ ‫ﺼَﻨﻌُﻮﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻨَﺎ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ َﺷ ْﻰ ٍﺀ ﺑﹺﻐِﻨًﻰ ﻟِﻠﺘﱠ َﻤﺘﱡﻊﹺ‪َ 18 .‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳ ْ‬ ‫ﺤﻰﱢ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ َﻳ ْﻤَﻨ ُ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺍﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫َﺑ ﹾﻞ َﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴﻨًﺎ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹺﻬﻢْ ﹶﺃﺳَﺎﺳًﺎ َﺣ َ‬ ‫ﺨﻴَﺎ َﺀ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻌﻄﹶﺎ ِﺀ‪ ،‬ﹸﻛ َﺮﻣَﺎ َﺀ ﻓِﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﱠ ْﻮﺯﹺﻳﻊﹺ‪19 ،‬ﻣُﺪﱠ ِﺧﺮﹺﻳ َﻦ َﻷﻧْﻔﹸ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺔٍ‪َ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ َﻳﻜﹸﻮﻧُﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ْﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﺃﹶﻋْﻤَﺎﻝﹴ ﺻَﺎِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺤﻴَﺎ ِﺓ ﺍ َﻷَﺑ ِﺪﻳﱠﺔِ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴﻜﹸﻮﺍ ﺑﹺﺎﹾﻟ َ‬ ‫ِﻟﻠﹾﻤُﺴَْﺘﻘﹾَِﺒﻞﹺ‪ِ ،‬ﻟ ﹶﻜ ْﻰ ﻳُ ْﻤ ِ‬

‫ع‪ :17‬ﺍﻟﺩﻫﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻀﺭ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﻴﺭ ﻴﻘﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻰ ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻴﺜﻘﻭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻤﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﻬﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻴﻐﺘﺭﻭﺍ ﺒﺄﻨﻔﺴﻬﻡ ﻭﻴﺩﻓﻌﻬﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻤﺘﻼﻜﻬﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺎل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺯﺍﺌﺩ ﺒﺎﻟﺫﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻴﺘﻜﻠﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻤﻭﺍﻟﻬﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻗﺩ ﻴﻔﻘﺩﻭﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺤﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻤﺅﻜﺩﺍ ﻀﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺭﺠﺎﺀ ﻜﻠﻪ ﻓﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻤﺎل‪ ،‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ﺒﻴﺩﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﻴﺭ ﻭﻴﻔﻴﺽ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻤﻥ ﻨﻌﻤﻪ ﻟﻨﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺒﻌﻁﺎﻴﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :18‬ﻴﻠﻴﻕ ﺒﺎﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻴﻤﺎﺭﺴﻭﺍ ﺃﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺭﺼﻴﺩﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺒﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻴﻜﺜﺭﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻤﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻌﻁﻰ ﺃﻴﺎﺩﻴﻬﻡ ﺒﺴﺨﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺘﺎﺠﻴﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :19‬ﻋﻁﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺎﺀ ﻴﻜﻨﺯ ﻟﻬﻡ ﻜﻨﺯﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻴﺘﻤﺘﻌﻭﻥ ﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺴﺎﺴﺎ ﻴﻌﺘﻤﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻜﻭﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺩ ﺃﻋﻁﺎﻙ ﻤﺎﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺩﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻨﺕ ﻭﻜﻴل ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﺨﺩﻤﻬﺎ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺴﺎﻋﺩﺓ ﻤﻥ‬

‫ﺤﻭﻟﻙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺄﻋﻤﺎل ﺍﻟﺭﺤﻤﺔ ﺘﺴﺘﻁﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺩﺨﻭل ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻨﺘﻬﺯ ﻜل ﻓﺭﺼﺔ ﻟﻌﻤل ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺭ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (5‬حفظ التسليم الرسولى )ع‪:(22-20‬‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻠ ﹺﻢ ﺍﹾﻟﻜﹶﺎ ِﺫ ﹺ‬ ‫ﻼ ﹺﻡ ﺍﹾﻟﺒَﺎ ِﻃ ﹺﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﱠﹺﻧﺲﹺ‪َ ،‬ﻭﻣُﺨَﺎﻟﹶﻔﹶﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻆ ﺍﹾﻟ َﻮﺩِﻳ َﻌﺔﹶ‪ُ ،‬ﻣﻌْﺮﹺﺿًﺎ َﻋ ﹺﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫‪20‬ﻳَﺎ ﺗِﻴﻤُﻮﺛﹶﺎﻭُﺱُ‪ ،‬ﺍ ْﺣ ﹶﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ‪ ،‬ﺁ ِﻣﲔَ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻ ْﺳﻢﹺ‪21 ،‬ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻯ‪ ،‬ﹺﺇ ﹾﺫ َﺗﻈﹶﺎ َﻫ َﺮ ﹺﺑ ِﻪ ﻗﹶﻮْﻡٌ‪ ،‬ﺯَﺍﻏﹸﻮﺍ ِﻣ ْﻦ ﹺﺟ َﻬ ِﺔ ﺍ ِﻹﳝَﺎﻥِ‪22 .‬ﺍﻟﻨﱢ ْﻌ َﻤﺔﹸ َﻣ َﻌ َ‬ ‫ع‪ :20‬ﺍﻟﻭﺩﻴﻌﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻋﻠﱠﻤﻬﺎ ﺒﻭﻟﺱ ﻟﺘﻴﻤﻭﺜﺎﻭﺱ ﻭﺘﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺴﻰ‪.‬‬

‫‪482‬‬

‫س‬ ‫األَ ْ‬ ‫اح ال ﱠ‬ ‫سا ِد ُ‬ ‫ص َح ُ‬

‫ﺴﻠﱢﻡ ﻟﻠﻘﺩﻴﺴﻴﻥ‬ ‫ﻴﺨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ‪ ،‬ﻤﻁﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺇﻴﺎﻩ ﺒﺤﻔﻅ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻰ ﺍﻟﺫﻯ ُ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺩ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺤﺜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﻤﻴﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺫﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺫﻴﻥ ﺍﺴﺘﺒﺩﻟﻭﺍ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺒﺎﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﻓﺴﻘﻁﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ع‪ :21‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﺩﱠﻋﻰ ﺒﻌﻀﻬﻡ – ﻤﺜل ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻭﺴﻴﻴﻥ – ﺤﺼﻭﻟﻬﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺘﺎﻫﻭﺍ ﻓﻰ ﻤﺘﺎﻫﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻀﻠﱠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺒﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻡ ﻴﺒﺤﺜﻭﻥ ﻋﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﻼﺹ ﻤﻥ ﺨﻼل ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﻠﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻫﺫﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻁﺎﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟ ُﻤ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﺸﻼ ﺫﺭﻴﻌﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﺩﻭﺍ ﻋﻘﻴﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻴﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻴﻡ ﻭﻤﻌﺭﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ع‪ :22‬ﻴﺨﺘﻡ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭل ﺭﺴﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺒﺎﻟﺒﺭﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺭﺴﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻁﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺫﻩ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬

‫ﺘﻤﺴﻙ ﺒﻤﺎ ﺘﺴﻤﻌﻪ ﻤﻥ ﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻡ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻴﺴﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﻴﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺘﻌﺭﻑ ﺍﷲ ﻟﺘﺤﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺒﺘﻌﺩ‬

‫ﻋﻥ ﻤﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺘﻭﺼﻠﻙ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺤﺘﻰ ﻟﻭ ﻜﺎﻨﺕ ﻋﻠﻭﻡ ﺭﻭﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪483‬‬